summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/macros/latex/contrib/breqn/breqn.dtx
blob: 1d0bee5c8f665e87d74e16b4f68e81e4f59dc798 (plain)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280
2281
2282
2283
2284
2285
2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293
2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
2987
2988
2989
2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
3033
3034
3035
3036
3037
3038
3039
3040
3041
3042
3043
3044
3045
3046
3047
3048
3049
3050
3051
3052
3053
3054
3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105
3106
3107
3108
3109
3110
3111
3112
3113
3114
3115
3116
3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
3178
3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
3184
3185
3186
3187
3188
3189
3190
3191
3192
3193
3194
3195
3196
3197
3198
3199
3200
3201
3202
3203
3204
3205
3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
3235
3236
3237
3238
3239
3240
3241
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255
3256
3257
3258
3259
3260
3261
3262
3263
3264
3265
3266
3267
3268
3269
3270
3271
3272
3273
3274
3275
3276
3277
3278
3279
3280
3281
3282
3283
3284
3285
3286
3287
3288
3289
3290
3291
3292
3293
3294
3295
3296
3297
3298
3299
3300
3301
3302
3303
3304
3305
3306
3307
3308
3309
3310
3311
3312
3313
3314
3315
3316
3317
3318
3319
3320
3321
3322
3323
3324
3325
3326
3327
3328
3329
3330
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
3345
3346
3347
3348
3349
3350
3351
3352
3353
3354
3355
3356
3357
3358
3359
3360
3361
3362
3363
3364
3365
3366
3367
3368
3369
3370
3371
3372
3373
3374
3375
3376
3377
3378
3379
3380
3381
3382
3383
3384
3385
3386
3387
3388
3389
3390
3391
3392
3393
3394
3395
3396
3397
3398
3399
3400
3401
3402
3403
3404
3405
3406
3407
3408
3409
3410
3411
3412
3413
3414
3415
3416
3417
3418
3419
3420
3421
3422
3423
3424
3425
3426
3427
3428
3429
3430
3431
3432
3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
3438
3439
3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3449
3450
3451
3452
3453
3454
3455
3456
3457
3458
3459
3460
3461
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
3483
3484
3485
3486
3487
3488
3489
3490
3491
3492
3493
3494
3495
3496
3497
3498
3499
3500
3501
3502
3503
3504
3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510
3511
3512
3513
3514
3515
3516
3517
3518
3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536
3537
3538
3539
3540
3541
3542
3543
3544
3545
3546
3547
3548
3549
3550
3551
3552
3553
3554
3555
3556
3557
3558
3559
3560
3561
3562
3563
3564
3565
3566
3567
3568
3569
3570
3571
3572
3573
3574
3575
3576
3577
3578
3579
3580
3581
3582
3583
3584
3585
3586
3587
3588
3589
3590
3591
3592
3593
3594
3595
3596
3597
3598
3599
3600
3601
3602
3603
3604
3605
3606
3607
3608
3609
3610
3611
3612
3613
3614
3615
3616
3617
3618
3619
3620
3621
3622
3623
3624
3625
3626
3627
3628
3629
3630
3631
3632
3633
3634
3635
3636
3637
3638
3639
3640
3641
3642
3643
3644
3645
3646
3647
3648
3649
3650
3651
3652
3653
3654
3655
3656
3657
3658
3659
3660
3661
3662
3663
3664
3665
3666
3667
3668
3669
3670
3671
3672
3673
3674
3675
3676
3677
3678
3679
3680
3681
3682
3683
3684
3685
3686
3687
3688
3689
3690
3691
3692
3693
3694
3695
3696
3697
3698
3699
3700
3701
3702
3703
3704
3705
3706
3707
3708
3709
3710
3711
3712
3713
3714
3715
3716
3717
3718
3719
3720
3721
3722
3723
3724
3725
3726
3727
3728
3729
3730
3731
3732
3733
3734
3735
3736
3737
3738
3739
3740
3741
3742
3743
3744
3745
3746
3747
3748
3749
3750
3751
3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
3765
3766
3767
3768
3769
3770
3771
3772
3773
3774
3775
3776
3777
3778
3779
3780
3781
3782
3783
3784
3785
3786
3787
3788
3789
3790
3791
3792
3793
3794
3795
3796
3797
3798
3799
3800
3801
3802
3803
3804
3805
3806
3807
3808
3809
3810
3811
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
3825
3826
3827
3828
3829
3830
3831
3832
3833
3834
3835
3836
3837
3838
3839
3840
3841
3842
3843
3844
3845
3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
3874
3875
3876
3877
3878
3879
3880
3881
3882
3883
3884
3885
3886
3887
3888
3889
3890
3891
3892
3893
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
3899
3900
3901
3902
3903
3904
3905
3906
3907
3908
3909
3910
3911
3912
3913
3914
3915
3916
3917
3918
3919
3920
3921
3922
3923
3924
3925
3926
3927
3928
3929
3930
3931
3932
3933
3934
3935
3936
3937
3938
3939
3940
3941
3942
3943
3944
3945
3946
3947
3948
3949
3950
3951
3952
3953
3954
3955
3956
3957
3958
3959
3960
3961
3962
3963
3964
3965
3966
3967
3968
3969
3970
3971
3972
3973
3974
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979
3980
3981
3982
3983
3984
3985
3986
3987
3988
3989
3990
3991
3992
3993
3994
3995
3996
3997
3998
3999
4000
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006
4007
4008
4009
4010
4011
4012
4013
4014
4015
4016
4017
4018
4019
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
4025
4026
4027
4028
4029
4030
4031
4032
4033
4034
4035
4036
4037
4038
4039
4040
4041
4042
4043
4044
4045
4046
4047
4048
4049
4050
4051
4052
4053
4054
4055
4056
4057
4058
4059
4060
4061
4062
4063
4064
4065
4066
4067
4068
4069
4070
4071
4072
4073
4074
4075
4076
4077
4078
4079
4080
4081
4082
4083
4084
4085
4086
4087
4088
4089
4090
4091
4092
4093
4094
4095
4096
4097
4098
4099
4100
4101
4102
4103
4104
4105
4106
4107
4108
4109
4110
4111
4112
4113
4114
4115
4116
4117
4118
4119
4120
4121
4122
4123
4124
4125
4126
4127
4128
4129
4130
4131
4132
4133
4134
4135
4136
4137
4138
4139
4140
4141
4142
4143
4144
4145
4146
4147
4148
4149
4150
4151
4152
4153
4154
4155
4156
4157
4158
4159
4160
4161
4162
4163
4164
4165
4166
4167
4168
4169
4170
4171
4172
4173
4174
4175
4176
4177
4178
4179
4180
4181
4182
4183
4184
4185
4186
4187
4188
4189
4190
4191
4192
4193
4194
4195
4196
4197
4198
4199
4200
4201
4202
4203
4204
4205
4206
4207
4208
4209
4210
4211
4212
4213
4214
4215
4216
4217
4218
4219
4220
4221
4222
4223
4224
4225
4226
4227
4228
4229
4230
4231
4232
4233
4234
4235
4236
4237
4238
4239
4240
4241
4242
4243
4244
4245
4246
4247
4248
4249
4250
4251
4252
4253
4254
4255
4256
4257
4258
4259
4260
4261
4262
4263
4264
4265
4266
4267
4268
4269
4270
4271
4272
4273
4274
4275
4276
4277
4278
4279
4280
4281
4282
4283
4284
4285
4286
4287
4288
4289
4290
4291
4292
4293
4294
4295
4296
4297
4298
4299
4300
4301
4302
4303
4304
4305
4306
4307
4308
4309
4310
4311
4312
4313
4314
4315
4316
4317
4318
4319
4320
4321
4322
4323
4324
4325
4326
4327
4328
4329
4330
4331
4332
4333
4334
4335
4336
4337
4338
4339
4340
4341
4342
4343
4344
4345
4346
4347
4348
4349
4350
4351
4352
4353
4354
4355
4356
4357
4358
4359
4360
4361
4362
4363
4364
4365
4366
4367
4368
4369
4370
4371
4372
4373
4374
4375
4376
4377
4378
4379
4380
4381
4382
4383
4384
4385
4386
4387
4388
4389
4390
4391
4392
4393
4394
4395
4396
4397
4398
4399
4400
4401
4402
4403
4404
4405
4406
4407
4408
4409
4410
4411
4412
4413
4414
4415
4416
4417
4418
4419
4420
4421
4422
4423
4424
4425
4426
4427
4428
4429
4430
4431
4432
4433
4434
4435
4436
4437
4438
4439
4440
4441
4442
4443
4444
4445
4446
4447
4448
4449
4450
4451
4452
4453
4454
4455
4456
4457
4458
4459
4460
4461
4462
4463
4464
4465
4466
4467
4468
4469
4470
4471
4472
4473
4474
4475
4476
4477
4478
4479
4480
4481
4482
4483
4484
4485
4486
4487
4488
4489
4490
4491
4492
4493
4494
4495
4496
4497
4498
4499
4500
4501
4502
4503
4504
4505
4506
4507
4508
4509
4510
4511
4512
4513
4514
4515
4516
4517
4518
4519
4520
4521
4522
4523
4524
4525
4526
4527
4528
4529
4530
4531
4532
4533
4534
4535
4536
4537
4538
4539
4540
4541
4542
4543
4544
4545
4546
4547
4548
4549
4550
4551
4552
4553
4554
4555
4556
4557
4558
4559
4560
4561
4562
4563
4564
4565
4566
4567
4568
4569
4570
4571
4572
4573
4574
4575
4576
4577
4578
4579
4580
4581
4582
4583
4584
4585
4586
4587
4588
4589
4590
4591
4592
4593
4594
4595
4596
4597
4598
4599
4600
4601
4602
4603
4604
4605
4606
4607
4608
4609
4610
4611
4612
4613
4614
4615
4616
4617
4618
4619
4620
4621
4622
4623
4624
4625
4626
4627
4628
4629
4630
4631
4632
4633
4634
4635
4636
4637
4638
4639
4640
4641
4642
4643
4644
4645
4646
4647
4648
4649
4650
4651
4652
4653
4654
4655
4656
4657
4658
4659
4660
4661
4662
4663
4664
4665
4666
4667
4668
4669
4670
4671
4672
4673
4674
4675
4676
4677
4678
4679
4680
4681
4682
4683
4684
4685
4686
4687
4688
4689
4690
4691
4692
4693
4694
4695
4696
4697
4698
4699
4700
4701
4702
4703
4704
4705
4706
4707
4708
4709
4710
4711
4712
4713
4714
4715
4716
4717
4718
4719
4720
4721
4722
4723
4724
4725
4726
4727
4728
4729
4730
4731
4732
4733
4734
4735
4736
4737
4738
4739
4740
4741
4742
4743
4744
4745
4746
4747
4748
4749
4750
4751
4752
4753
4754
4755
4756
4757
4758
4759
4760
4761
4762
4763
4764
4765
4766
4767
4768
4769
4770
4771
4772
4773
4774
4775
4776
4777
4778
4779
4780
4781
4782
4783
4784
4785
4786
4787
4788
4789
4790
4791
4792
4793
4794
4795
4796
4797
4798
4799
4800
4801
4802
4803
4804
4805
4806
4807
4808
4809
4810
4811
4812
4813
4814
4815
4816
4817
4818
4819
4820
4821
4822
4823
4824
4825
4826
4827
4828
4829
4830
4831
4832
4833
4834
4835
4836
4837
4838
4839
4840
4841
4842
4843
4844
4845
4846
4847
4848
4849
4850
4851
4852
4853
4854
4855
4856
4857
4858
4859
4860
4861
4862
4863
4864
4865
4866
4867
4868
4869
4870
4871
4872
4873
4874
4875
4876
4877
4878
4879
4880
4881
4882
4883
4884
4885
4886
4887
4888
4889
4890
4891
4892
4893
4894
4895
4896
4897
4898
4899
4900
4901
4902
4903
4904
4905
4906
4907
4908
4909
4910
4911
4912
4913
4914
4915
4916
4917
4918
4919
4920
4921
4922
4923
4924
4925
4926
4927
4928
4929
4930
4931
4932
4933
4934
4935
4936
4937
4938
4939
4940
4941
4942
4943
4944
4945
4946
4947
4948
4949
4950
4951
4952
4953
4954
4955
4956
4957
4958
4959
4960
4961
4962
4963
4964
4965
4966
4967
4968
4969
4970
4971
4972
4973
4974
4975
4976
4977
4978
4979
4980
4981
4982
4983
4984
4985
4986
4987
4988
4989
4990
4991
4992
4993
4994
4995
4996
4997
4998
4999
5000
5001
5002
5003
5004
5005
5006
5007
5008
5009
5010
5011
5012
5013
5014
5015
5016
5017
5018
5019
5020
5021
5022
5023
5024
5025
5026
5027
5028
5029
5030
5031
5032
5033
5034
5035
5036
5037
5038
5039
5040
5041
5042
5043
5044
5045
5046
5047
5048
5049
5050
5051
5052
5053
5054
5055
5056
5057
5058
5059
5060
5061
5062
5063
5064
5065
5066
5067
5068
5069
5070
5071
5072
5073
5074
5075
5076
5077
5078
5079
5080
5081
5082
5083
5084
5085
5086
5087
5088
5089
5090
5091
5092
5093
5094
5095
5096
5097
5098
5099
5100
5101
5102
5103
5104
5105
5106
5107
5108
5109
5110
5111
5112
5113
5114
5115
5116
5117
5118
5119
5120
5121
5122
5123
5124
5125
5126
5127
5128
5129
5130
5131
5132
5133
5134
5135
5136
5137
5138
5139
5140
5141
5142
5143
5144
5145
5146
5147
5148
5149
5150
5151
5152
5153
5154
5155
5156
5157
5158
5159
5160
5161
5162
5163
5164
5165
5166
5167
5168
5169
5170
5171
5172
5173
5174
5175
5176
5177
5178
5179
5180
5181
5182
5183
5184
5185
5186
5187
5188
5189
5190
5191
5192
5193
5194
5195
5196
5197
5198
5199
5200
5201
5202
5203
5204
5205
5206
5207
5208
5209
5210
5211
5212
5213
5214
5215
5216
5217
5218
5219
5220
5221
5222
5223
5224
5225
5226
5227
5228
5229
5230
5231
5232
5233
5234
5235
5236
5237
5238
5239
5240
5241
5242
5243
5244
5245
5246
5247
5248
5249
5250
5251
5252
5253
5254
5255
5256
5257
5258
5259
5260
5261
5262
5263
5264
5265
5266
5267
5268
5269
5270
5271
5272
5273
5274
5275
5276
5277
5278
5279
5280
5281
5282
5283
5284
5285
5286
5287
5288
5289
5290
5291
5292
5293
5294
5295
5296
5297
5298
5299
5300
5301
5302
5303
5304
5305
5306
5307
5308
5309
5310
5311
5312
5313
5314
5315
5316
5317
5318
5319
5320
5321
5322
5323
5324
5325
5326
5327
5328
5329
5330
5331
5332
5333
5334
5335
5336
5337
5338
5339
5340
5341
5342
5343
5344
5345
5346
5347
5348
5349
5350
5351
5352
5353
5354
5355
5356
5357
5358
5359
5360
5361
5362
5363
5364
5365
5366
5367
5368
5369
5370
5371
5372
5373
5374
5375
5376
5377
5378
5379
5380
5381
5382
5383
5384
5385
5386
5387
5388
5389
5390
5391
5392
5393
5394
5395
5396
5397
5398
5399
5400
5401
5402
5403
5404
5405
5406
5407
5408
5409
5410
5411
5412
5413
5414
5415
5416
5417
5418
5419
5420
5421
5422
5423
5424
5425
5426
5427
5428
5429
5430
5431
5432
5433
5434
5435
5436
5437
5438
5439
5440
5441
5442
5443
5444
5445
5446
5447
5448
5449
5450
5451
5452
5453
5454
5455
5456
5457
5458
5459
5460
5461
5462
5463
5464
5465
5466
5467
5468
5469
5470
5471
5472
5473
5474
5475
5476
5477
5478
5479
5480
5481
5482
5483
5484
5485
5486
5487
5488
5489
5490
5491
5492
5493
5494
5495
5496
5497
5498
5499
5500
5501
5502
5503
5504
5505
5506
5507
5508
5509
5510
5511
5512
5513
5514
5515
5516
5517
5518
5519
5520
5521
5522
5523
5524
5525
5526
5527
5528
5529
5530
5531
5532
5533
5534
5535
5536
5537
5538
5539
5540
5541
5542
5543
5544
5545
5546
5547
5548
5549
5550
5551
5552
5553
5554
5555
5556
5557
5558
5559
5560
5561
5562
5563
5564
5565
5566
5567
5568
5569
5570
5571
5572
5573
5574
5575
5576
5577
5578
5579
5580
5581
5582
5583
5584
5585
5586
5587
5588
5589
5590
5591
5592
5593
5594
5595
5596
5597
5598
5599
5600
5601
5602
5603
5604
5605
5606
5607
5608
5609
5610
5611
5612
5613
5614
5615
5616
5617
5618
5619
5620
5621
5622
5623
5624
5625
5626
5627
5628
5629
5630
5631
5632
5633
5634
5635
5636
5637
5638
5639
5640
5641
5642
5643
5644
5645
5646
5647
5648
5649
5650
5651
5652
5653
5654
5655
5656
5657
5658
5659
5660
5661
5662
5663
5664
5665
5666
5667
5668
5669
5670
5671
5672
5673
5674
5675
5676
5677
5678
5679
5680
5681
5682
5683
5684
5685
5686
5687
5688
5689
5690
5691
5692
5693
5694
5695
5696
5697
5698
5699
5700
5701
5702
5703
5704
5705
5706
5707
5708
5709
5710
5711
5712
5713
5714
5715
5716
5717
5718
5719
5720
5721
5722
5723
5724
5725
5726
5727
5728
5729
5730
5731
5732
5733
5734
5735
5736
5737
5738
5739
5740
5741
5742
5743
5744
5745
5746
5747
5748
5749
5750
5751
5752
5753
5754
5755
5756
5757
5758
5759
5760
5761
5762
5763
5764
5765
5766
5767
5768
5769
5770
5771
5772
5773
5774
5775
5776
5777
5778
5779
5780
5781
5782
5783
5784
5785
5786
5787
5788
5789
5790
5791
5792
5793
5794
5795
5796
5797
5798
5799
5800
5801
5802
5803
5804
5805
5806
5807
5808
5809
5810
5811
5812
5813
5814
5815
5816
5817
5818
5819
5820
5821
5822
5823
5824
5825
5826
5827
5828
5829
5830
5831
5832
5833
5834
5835
5836
5837
5838
5839
5840
5841
5842
5843
5844
5845
5846
5847
5848
5849
5850
5851
5852
5853
5854
5855
5856
5857
5858
5859
5860
5861
5862
5863
5864
5865
5866
5867
5868
5869
5870
5871
5872
5873
5874
5875
5876
5877
5878
5879
5880
5881
5882
5883
5884
5885
5886
5887
5888
5889
5890
5891
5892
5893
5894
5895
5896
5897
5898
5899
5900
5901
5902
5903
5904
5905
5906
5907
5908
5909
5910
5911
5912
5913
5914
5915
5916
5917
5918
5919
5920
5921
5922
5923
5924
5925
5926
5927
5928
5929
5930
5931
5932
5933
5934
5935
5936
5937
5938
5939
5940
5941
5942
5943
5944
5945
5946
5947
5948
5949
5950
5951
5952
5953
5954
5955
5956
5957
5958
5959
5960
5961
5962
5963
5964
5965
5966
5967
5968
5969
5970
5971
5972
5973
5974
5975
5976
5977
5978
5979
5980
5981
5982
5983
5984
5985
5986
5987
5988
5989
5990
5991
5992
5993
5994
5995
5996
5997
5998
5999
6000
6001
6002
6003
6004
6005
6006
6007
6008
6009
6010
6011
6012
6013
6014
6015
6016
6017
6018
6019
6020
6021
6022
6023
6024
6025
6026
6027
6028
6029
6030
6031
6032
6033
6034
6035
6036
6037
6038
6039
6040
6041
6042
6043
6044
6045
6046
6047
6048
6049
6050
6051
6052
6053
6054
6055
6056
6057
6058
6059
6060
6061
6062
6063
6064
6065
6066
6067
6068
6069
6070
6071
6072
6073
6074
6075
6076
6077
6078
6079
6080
6081
6082
6083
6084
6085
6086
6087
6088
6089
6090
6091
6092
6093
6094
6095
6096
6097
6098
6099
6100
6101
6102
6103
6104
6105
6106
6107
6108
6109
6110
6111
6112
6113
6114
6115
6116
6117
6118
6119
6120
6121
6122
6123
6124
6125
6126
6127
6128
6129
6130
6131
6132
6133
6134
6135
6136
6137
6138
6139
6140
6141
6142
6143
6144
6145
6146
6147
6148
6149
6150
6151
6152
6153
6154
6155
6156
6157
6158
6159
6160
6161
6162
6163
6164
6165
6166
6167
6168
6169
6170
6171
6172
6173
6174
6175
6176
6177
6178
6179
6180
6181
6182
6183
6184
6185
6186
6187
6188
6189
6190
6191
6192
6193
6194
6195
6196
6197
6198
6199
6200
6201
6202
6203
6204
6205
6206
6207
6208
6209
6210
6211
6212
6213
6214
6215
6216
6217
6218
6219
6220
6221
6222
6223
6224
6225
6226
6227
6228
6229
6230
6231
6232
6233
6234
6235
6236
6237
6238
6239
6240
6241
6242
6243
6244
6245
6246
6247
6248
6249
6250
6251
6252
6253
6254
6255
6256
6257
6258
6259
6260
6261
6262
6263
6264
6265
6266
6267
6268
6269
6270
6271
6272
6273
6274
6275
6276
6277
6278
6279
6280
6281
6282
6283
6284
6285
6286
6287
6288
6289
6290
6291
6292
6293
6294
6295
6296
6297
6298
6299
6300
6301
6302
6303
6304
6305
6306
6307
6308
6309
6310
6311
6312
6313
6314
6315
6316
6317
6318
6319
6320
6321
6322
6323
6324
6325
6326
6327
6328
6329
6330
6331
6332
6333
6334
6335
6336
6337
6338
6339
6340
6341
6342
6343
6344
6345
6346
6347
6348
6349
6350
6351
6352
6353
6354
6355
6356
6357
6358
6359
6360
6361
6362
6363
6364
6365
6366
6367
6368
6369
6370
6371
6372
6373
6374
6375
6376
6377
6378
6379
6380
6381
6382
6383
6384
6385
6386
6387
6388
6389
6390
6391
6392
6393
6394
6395
6396
6397
6398
6399
6400
6401
6402
6403
6404
6405
6406
6407
6408
6409
6410
6411
6412
6413
6414
6415
6416
6417
6418
6419
6420
6421
6422
6423
6424
6425
6426
6427
6428
6429
6430
6431
6432
6433
6434
6435
6436
6437
6438
6439
6440
6441
6442
6443
6444
6445
6446
6447
6448
6449
6450
6451
6452
6453
6454
6455
6456
6457
6458
6459
6460
6461
6462
6463
6464
6465
6466
6467
6468
6469
6470
6471
6472
6473
6474
6475
6476
6477
6478
6479
6480
6481
6482
6483
6484
6485
6486
6487
6488
6489
6490
6491
6492
6493
6494
6495
6496
6497
6498
6499
6500
6501
6502
6503
6504
6505
6506
6507
6508
6509
6510
6511
6512
6513
6514
6515
6516
6517
6518
6519
6520
6521
6522
6523
6524
6525
6526
6527
6528
6529
6530
6531
6532
6533
6534
6535
6536
6537
6538
6539
6540
6541
6542
6543
6544
6545
6546
6547
6548
6549
6550
6551
6552
6553
6554
6555
6556
6557
6558
6559
6560
6561
6562
6563
6564
6565
6566
6567
6568
6569
6570
6571
6572
6573
6574
6575
6576
6577
6578
6579
6580
6581
6582
6583
6584
6585
6586
6587
6588
6589
6590
6591
6592
6593
6594
6595
6596
6597
6598
6599
6600
6601
6602
6603
6604
6605
6606
6607
6608
6609
6610
6611
6612
6613
6614
6615
6616
6617
6618
6619
6620
6621
6622
6623
6624
6625
6626
6627
6628
6629
6630
6631
6632
6633
6634
6635
6636
6637
6638
6639
6640
6641
6642
6643
6644
6645
6646
6647
6648
6649
6650
6651
6652
6653
6654
6655
6656
6657
6658
6659
6660
6661
6662
6663
6664
6665
6666
6667
6668
6669
6670
6671
6672
6673
6674
6675
6676
6677
6678
6679
6680
6681
6682
6683
6684
6685
6686
6687
6688
6689
6690
6691
6692
6693
6694
6695
6696
6697
6698
6699
6700
6701
6702
6703
6704
6705
6706
6707
6708
6709
6710
6711
6712
6713
6714
6715
6716
6717
6718
6719
6720
6721
6722
6723
6724
6725
6726
6727
6728
6729
6730
6731
6732
6733
6734
6735
6736
6737
6738
6739
6740
6741
6742
6743
6744
6745
6746
6747
6748
6749
6750
6751
6752
6753
6754
6755
6756
6757
6758
6759
6760
6761
6762
6763
6764
6765
6766
6767
6768
6769
6770
6771
6772
6773
6774
6775
6776
6777
6778
6779
6780
6781
6782
6783
6784
6785
6786
6787
6788
6789
6790
6791
6792
6793
6794
6795
6796
6797
6798
6799
6800
6801
6802
6803
6804
6805
6806
6807
6808
6809
6810
6811
6812
6813
6814
6815
6816
6817
6818
6819
6820
6821
6822
6823
6824
6825
6826
6827
6828
6829
6830
6831
6832
6833
6834
6835
6836
6837
6838
6839
6840
6841
6842
6843
6844
6845
6846
6847
6848
6849
6850
6851
6852
6853
6854
6855
6856
6857
6858
6859
6860
6861
6862
6863
6864
6865
6866
6867
6868
6869
6870
6871
6872
6873
6874
6875
6876
6877
6878
6879
6880
6881
6882
6883
6884
6885
6886
6887
6888
6889
6890
6891
6892
6893
6894
6895
6896
6897
6898
6899
6900
6901
6902
6903
6904
6905
6906
6907
6908
6909
6910
6911
6912
6913
6914
6915
6916
6917
6918
6919
6920
6921
6922
6923
6924
6925
6926
6927
6928
6929
6930
6931
6932
6933
6934
6935
6936
6937
6938
6939
6940
6941
6942
6943
6944
6945
6946
6947
6948
6949
6950
6951
6952
6953
6954
6955
6956
6957
6958
6959
6960
6961
6962
6963
6964
6965
6966
6967
6968
6969
6970
6971
6972
6973
6974
6975
6976
6977
6978
6979
6980
6981
6982
6983
6984
6985
6986
6987
6988
6989
6990
6991
6992
6993
6994
6995
6996
6997
6998
6999
7000
7001
7002
7003
7004
7005
7006
7007
7008
7009
7010
7011
7012
7013
7014
7015
7016
7017
7018
7019
7020
7021
7022
7023
7024
7025
7026
7027
7028
7029
7030
7031
7032
7033
7034
7035
7036
7037
7038
7039
7040
7041
7042
7043
7044
7045
7046
7047
7048
7049
7050
7051
7052
7053
7054
7055
7056
7057
7058
7059
7060
7061
7062
7063
7064
7065
7066
7067
7068
7069
7070
7071
7072
7073
7074
7075
7076
7077
7078
7079
7080
7081
7082
7083
7084
7085
7086
7087
7088
7089
7090
7091
7092
7093
7094
7095
7096
7097
7098
7099
7100
7101
7102
7103
7104
7105
7106
7107
7108
7109
7110
7111
7112
7113
7114
7115
7116
7117
7118
7119
7120
7121
7122
7123
7124
7125
7126
7127
7128
7129
7130
7131
7132
7133
7134
7135
7136
7137
7138
7139
7140
7141
7142
7143
7144
7145
7146
7147
7148
7149
7150
7151
7152
7153
7154
7155
7156
7157
7158
7159
7160
7161
7162
7163
7164
7165
7166
7167
7168
7169
7170
7171
7172
7173
7174
7175
7176
7177
7178
7179
7180
7181
7182
7183
7184
7185
7186
7187
7188
7189
7190
7191
7192
7193
7194
7195
7196
7197
7198
7199
7200
7201
7202
7203
7204
7205
7206
7207
7208
7209
7210
7211
7212
7213
7214
7215
7216
7217
7218
7219
7220
7221
7222
7223
7224
7225
7226
7227
7228
7229
7230
7231
7232
7233
7234
7235
7236
7237
7238
7239
7240
7241
7242
7243
7244
7245
7246
7247
7248
7249
7250
7251
7252
7253
7254
7255
7256
7257
7258
7259
7260
7261
7262
7263
7264
7265
7266
7267
7268
7269
7270
7271
7272
7273
7274
7275
7276
7277
7278
7279
7280
7281
7282
7283
% \iffalse meta-comment
%
% Copyright (C) 1997-2003 by Michael J. Downes
% Copyright (C) 2007-2008 by Morten Hoegholm
% Copyright (C) 2007-2014 by Lars Madsen
% Copyright (C) 2007-2014 by Will Robertson
% Copyright (C) 2010-2017 by Joseph Wright
%
% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later
% version. The latest version of this license is in
%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of
% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
%
% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
%
% The Current Maintainer of this work is Will Robertson.
%
% This work consists of the main source file breqn.dtx
% and the derived files
%    breqn.sty, breqn.pdf, breqn.ins.
%
% Distribution:
%    CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/mh/breqn.dtx
%    CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/mh/breqn.pdf
%
% Unpacking:
%           tex breqnbundle.ins
%
% Documentation:
%    The class ltxdoc loads the configuration file ltxdoc.cfg
%    if available. Here you can specify further options, e.g.
%    use A4 as paper format:
%       \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article}
%
%    Programm calls to get the documentation (example):
%       pdflatex breqn.dtx
%       makeindex -s gind.ist breqn.idx
%       pdflatex breqn.dtx
%       makeindex -s gind.ist breqn.idx
%       pdflatex breqn.dtx
%
% Installation:
%    TDS:tex/latex/breqn/breqn.sty
%    TDS:doc/latex/breqn/breqn.pdf
%    TDS:source/latex/breqn/breqn.dtx
%
%<*driver>
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
\documentclass{ltxdoc}
\CodelineIndex
\EnableCrossrefs
\setcounter{IndexColumns}{2}
\usepackage{color,verbatim,xspace,varioref,listings,amsmath,trace}

\usepackage{geometry}

\AtBeginDocument{\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\begin{multicols}{2}}}
\AtEndDocument{\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\end{multicols}}}

\def\partname{Part}

\definecolor{hilite}{rgb}{0.2,0.4,0.7}
\def\theCodelineNo{\textcolor{hilite}{\sffamily\tiny\arabic{CodelineNo}}}

\lstloadlanguages{[AlLaTeX]TeX}

\lstnewenvironment{literalcode}
  {\lstset{gobble=2,columns=fullflexible,basicstyle=\color{hilite}\ttfamily}}
  {}
\makeatletter

{\catcode`\%=12
 \long\gdef\@gobble@percent@space#1{\ifx
   #1%\expandafter\@gobble\else\expandafter#1\fi}}

\AtBeginDocument{\def\verbatim@processline{\expandafter\check@percent
  \the\verbatim@line\par}}
\newwrite\tmp@out
\newcounter{xio}
\newenvironment{xio}{% example input and output
  \par\addvspace\bigskipamount
  \hbox{\itshape
    \refstepcounter{xio}\kern-\p@ Example \thexio}\@nobreaktrue
  \immediate\openout\tmp@out\jobname.tmp \relax
  \begingroup
  \let\do\@makeother\dospecials\catcode`\^^M\active
  \def\verbatim@processline{
    \immediate\write\tmp@out{\expandafter\@gobble@percent@space
      \the\verbatim@line}}%
  \verbatim@start
}{%
  \immediate\closeout\tmp@out
  \@verbatim\frenchspacing\@vobeyspaces
  \@@input \jobname.tmp \relax
  \endgroup
  \par\medskip
  \noindent\ignorespaces
  \@@input \jobname.tmp \relax
  \par\medskip
}

\providecommand*\pkg[1]{\textsf{#1}}
\providecommand*\cls[1]{\textsf{#1}}
\providecommand*\opt[1]{\texttt{#1}}
\providecommand*\env[1]{\texttt{#1}}
\providecommand*\fn[1]{\texttt{#1}}

\providecommand*\cn[1]{\cs{#1}}
\providecommand*\csarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\{#1\char`\}}}

\providecommand*\tex{\TeX\xspace}
\providecommand*\latex{\LaTeX\xspace}
\providecommand*\dbldollars{\texttt{\detokenize{$$}}}%$$
\providecommand*\arg{}
\edef\arg{\expandafter\@gobble\string\#}

\newenvironment{aside}{\begin{quote}\bfseries}{\end{quote}}
\newenvironment{dn}{\begin{quote}\bfseries}{\end{quote}}

\newcommand\dash{\textemdash}
\newcommand\dbslash[1]{\texttt{\string\\}}
\newcommand\thepkg{the \pkg{breqn} package\xspace}

\providecommand*\texbook{\textsl{The \protect\TeX{}book}\xspace}

\providecommand*\dotsc{\ldots}
\providecommand*\eqref[1]{(\ref{#1})}

\providecommand*\qq[1]{\textquotedblleft#1\textquotedblright}
\providecommand*\quoted[1]{\textquoteleft#1\textquoteright}
\providecommand*\dquoted[1]{\textquotedblleft#1\textquotedblright}

\providecommand*\ie{i.e.,\xspace}
\providecommand*\eg{e.g.,\xspace}
\providecommand*\etc{etc.\xspace}
\providecommand*\cf{cf.\xspace}

\providecommand*\ndash{\unskip\textendash\ignorespaces}
\providecommand*\mdash{\unskip\textemdash\ignorespaces}

\makeatother

\usepackage{breqn}

\begin{document}
  \DocInput{breqn.dtx}
\end{document}
%</driver>
% \fi
%
%
% \title{The \pkg{breqn} package}
% \def\fileversion{0.98g}
% \def\filedate{2019/10/15}
% \date{\pkg{breqn} bundle: \filedate\space\fileversion}
% \author{Authors: Michael J. Downes, Morten H\o gholm\\ Maintained by Morten H\o gholm, Will Robertson\\ Feedback: \texttt{https://github.com/wspr/breqn/issues}}
%
% \maketitle
% \begin{abstract}
%   The \pkg{breqn} package facilitates automatic line-breaking of
%   displayed math expressions.
% \end{abstract}
%
%
% \tableofcontents
%
%
% \part{User's guide}
%
% \section{A bit of history}
%
% Originally \pkg{breqn}, \pkg{flexisym}, and \pkg{mathstyle} were
% created by Michael J.~Downes from the American Mathematical Society
% during the 1990's up to late 2002. Sadly---and much to the shock of
% the \TeX\ world---Michael passed away in early 2003 at the age of
% only~44.
%
% The American Mathematical Society kindly allowed Morten H\o gholm to
% assume maintainership of this part of his work and we wish to
% express our gratitude to them and to Barbara Beeton in particular for
% providing the files needed.
%
% MH brought Michael's work to a wider audience, thereby allowing users to create
% more \emph{masterpieces of the publishing art} as we think he would
% have wanted.
%
% Following the July 2008 breqn release, \pkg{breqn} was left in the hands
% of a maintenance team, while MH moved on with other projects.
%
% \section{Package loading}
%
%
% The recommended way of loading the \pkg{breqn} package is to load it
% \emph{after} other packages dealing with math, \ie, after
% \pkg{amsmath}, \pkg{amssymb}, or packages such as \pkg{mathpazo} or
% \pkg{mathptmx}.
%
% The \pkg{flexisym} package (described in section \vref{flexisym}) is
% required by \pkg{breqn} and ensures the math symbols are set up
% correctly. By default \pkg{breqn} loads it with support for Computer
% Modern but if you use a different math package requiring slightly
% different definitions, it must be loaded before \pkg{breqn}. Below
% is an example of how you enable \pkg{breqn} to work with the widely
% used \pkg{mathpazo} package.
% \begin{verbatim}
%\usepackage{mathpazo}
%\usepackage[mathpazo]{flexisym}
%\usepackage{breqn}
% \end{verbatim}
% Currently, the packages \pkg{mathpazo} and \pkg{mathptmx} are
% supported. Despair not: Chances are that the package will work using
% the default settings. If you find that a particular math font
% package doesn't work then please see implementation in
% \fn{flexisym.dtx} for how to create a support file---it is easier
% than one might think. Contributions welcome.
%
% The documentation for the package was formerly found in
% \fn{breqndoc}. It has now been added to this implementation
% file. Below follows the contents of the original \pkg{breqn}
% documentation. Not all details hold anymore but I have prioritized
% fixing the package.
%
% \section{Introduction}
%
% The \pkg{breqn} package for \LaTeX\ provides solutions to a number of
% common difficulties in writing displayed equations and getting
% high-quality output. For example, it is a well-known inconvenience that
% if an equation must be broken into more than one line, \cs{left} \dots\
% \cs{right} constructs cannot span lines. The \pkg{breqn} package makes
% them work as one would expect whether or not there is an intervening
% line break.
%
% The single most ambitious goal of the \pkg{breqn} package, however, is
% to support automatic linebreaking of displayed equations. Such
% linebreaking cannot be done without substantial changes under the hood
% in the way math formulas are processed. For this reason, especially in
% the alpha release, users should proceed with care and keep an eye out
% for unexpected glitches or side effects.
%
% \section{Principal features}
% The principal features of the \pkg{breqn} package are:
% \begin{description}
%
% \item[semantically oriented structure] The way in which compound
% displayed formulas are subdivided matches the logical structure more
% closely than, say, the standard \env{eqnarray} environment. Separate
% equations in a group of equations are written as separate environments
% instead of being bounded merely by \dbslash/ commands. Among other
% things, this clears up a common problem of wrong math symbol spacing at
% the beginning of continuation lines. It also makes it possible to
% specify different vertical space values for the space between lines of a
% long, broken equation and the space between separate equations in a
% group of equations.
%
% \item[automatic line breaking] Overlong equations will be broken
% automatically to the prevailing column width, and continuation lines
% will be indented following standard conventions.
%
% \item[line breaks within delimiters] Line breaks within \cs{left} \dots\
% \cs{right} delimiters work in a natural way. Line breaks can be
% forbidden below a given depth of delimiter nesting through a package
% option.
%
% \item[mixed math and text] Display equations that contain mixed
% math and text, or even text only, are handled naturally by means of a
% \env{dseries} environment that starts out in text mode instead of math
% mode.
%
% \item[ending punctuation] The punctuation at the end of a displayed
% equation can be handled in a natural way that makes it easier to promote
% or demote formulas from\slash to inline math, and to apply special
% effects such as adding space before the punctuation.
%
% \item[flexible numbering] Equation numbering is handled in a natural
% way, with all the flexibility of the \pkg{amsmath} package and with no
% need for a special \cs{nonumber} command.
%
% \item[special effects] It is easy to apply special effects to individual
% displays, e.g., changing the type size or adding a frame.
%
% \item[using available space] Horizontal shrink is made use of
% whenever feasible. With most other equation macros it is frozen when it
% occurs between \cs{left} \dots\ \cs{right} delimiters, or in any sort of
% multiline structure, so that some expressions require two lines that would
% otherwise fit on one.
%
% \item[high-quality spacing] The \cs{abovedisplayshortskip} is used when
% applicable (other equation macros fail to apply it in equations of more
% than one line).
%
% \item[abbreviations] Unlike the \pkg{amsmath} equation environments, the
% \pkg{breqn} environments can be called through user-defined abbreviations
% such as \cs{beq} \dots\ \cs{eeq}.
%
% \end{description}
%
% \section{Shortcomings of the package}
% The principal known deficiencies of the \pkg{breqn} package are:
%
% \subsection{Incompatibilities} As it pushes the envelope
% of what is possible within the context of \LaTeXe, \thepkg will tend
% to break other packages when used in combination with them, or to fail
% itself, when there are any areas of internal overlap; successful use may
% in some cases depend on package loading order.
%
%
%
% \subsection{Indention of delimited fragments} When line breaks within
% delimiters are involved, the automatic indention of continuation lines
% is likely to be unsatisfactory and need manual adjustment. I don't see
% any easy way to provide a general solution for this, though I have some
% ideas on how to attain partial improvements.
%
% \subsection{Math symbol subversion}
% In order for automatic line breaking to work, the operation of all the
% math symbols of class 2, 3, 4, and 5 must be altered (relations, binary
% operators, opening delimiters, closing delimiters). This is done by an
% auxiliary package \pkg{flexisym}. As long as you stick to the advertised
% \LaTeX\ interface for defining math symbols (\cs{DeclareMathSymbol}),
% things should work OK most of the time. Any more complex math symbol
% setup is quite likely to quarrel with the \pkg{flexisym} package.
% See Section~\vref{flexisym} for further information.
%
% \subsection{Subscripts and superscripts}
%
% Because of the changes to math symbols of class 2--5, writing certain
% combinations such as \verb'^+' or \verb'_\pm' or \verb'^\geq' without
% braces would lead to error messages; (The problem described here
% already exists in standard \LaTeX\ to a lesser extent, as you may know
% if you ever tried \verb'^\neq' or \verb'^\cong'; and indeed there are
% no examples in the \LaTeX\ book to indicate any sanction for omitting
% braces around a subscript or superscript.)
%
% The \pkg{flexisym} package therefore calls, as of version 0.92, another
% package called \pkg{mathstyle} which turns \verb'^' and \verb'_' into
% active characters. This is something that I believe is desirable in any
% case, in the long run, because having a proper mathstyle variable
% eliminates some enormous burdens that affect almost any
% nontrivial math macros, as well as many other things where the
% connection is not immediately obvious, e.g., the \LaTeX\ facilities for
% loading fonts on demand.
%
% Not that this doesn't introduce new and interesting problems of its
% own---for example, you don't want to put usepackage statements
% after flexisym for any package that refers to, e.g., \verb'^^J' or
% \verb'^^M'
% internally (too bad that the \LaTeX\ package loading code does not
% include automatic defenses to ensure normal catcodes in the interior of
% a package; but it only handles the \verb'@' character).
%
% But I took a random AMS journal article, with normal end-user kind of
% \LaTeX\ writing, did some straightforward substitutions to change all
% the equations into dmath environments, and ran it with active math
% sub/sup: everything worked OK. This suggests to me that it can work in
% the real world, without an impossible amount of compatibility work.
%
% \section{Incomplete}
% In addition, in the \textbf{alpha release [1997/10/30]} the following
% gaps remain to be filled in:
% \begin{description}
% \item[documentation]
% The documentation could use amplification, especially more
% illustrations, and I have undoubtedly overlooked more than a few errors.
%
% \item[group alignment] The algorithm for doing alignment
% of mathrel symbols across equations in a \env{dgroup} environment
% needs work. Currently the standard and \opt{noalign} alternatives
% produce the same output.
%
% \item[single group number] When a \env{dgroup} has a group number and
% the individual equations are unnumbered, the handling and placement of
% the group number aren't right.
%
% \item[group frame] Framing a group doesn't work, you might be able to
% get frames on the individual equations at best.
%
% \item[group brace] The \opt{brace} option for \env{dgroup} is intended
% to produce a large brace encompassing the whole group. This hasn't been
% implemented yet.
%
% \item[darray environment] The \env{darray} environment is unfinished.
%
% \item[dseries environment] The syntax and usage for the \env{dseries}
% environment are in doubt and may change.
%
% \item[failure arrangements] When none of the line-breaking passes for a
% \env{dmath} environment succeeds\dash i.e., at least one line is
% overfull\dash the final arrangement is usually rather poor. A better
% fall-back arrangement in the failure case is needed.
%
% \end{description}
%
% \section{Package options}
%
% Many of the package options for \thepkg are the same as options of the
% \env{dmath} or \env{dgroup} environments, and some of them require an
% argument, which is something that cannot be done through the normal
% package option mechanism. Therefore most of the \pkg{breqn} package
% options are designed to be set with a \cs{setkeys} command after the
% package is loaded. For example, to load the package and set the
% maximum delimiter nesting depth for line breaks to~1:
% \begin{verbatim}
% \usepackage{breqn}
% \setkeys{breqn}{breakdepth={1}}
% \end{verbatim}
%
% See the discussion of environment options, Section~\vref{envopts}, for
% more information.
%
% Debugging information is no longer available as a package
% option. Instead, the tracing information has been added in a fashion
% so that it can be enabled as a docstrip option:
% \begin{verbatim}
% \generate{\file{breqn.sty}{\from{breqn.dtx}{package,trace}}}
% \end{verbatim}
%
%
% \section{Environments and commands}
% \subsection{Environments}
% All of the following environments take an optional argument for
% applying local effects such as changing the typesize or adding a
% frame to an individual equation.
%
% \begin{description}
% \item[\env{dmath}] Like \env{equation} but supports line breaking and variant
% numbers.
%
% \item[\env{dmath*}] Unnumbered; like \env{displaymath} but supports line
% breaking
%
% \item[\env{dseries}] Like \env{equation} but starts out in text mode;
% intended for series of mathematical expressions of the form `A, B, and
% C'. As a special feature, if you use
% \begin{verbatim}
% \begin{math} ... \end{math}
% \end{verbatim}
% for each expression in the series, a suitable amount of inter-expression
% space will be automatically added. This is a small step in the direction of
% facilitating conversion of display math to inline math, and vice versa: If
% you write a display as
% \begin{verbatim}
% \begin{dseries}
% \begin{math}A\end{math},
% \begin{math}B\end{math},
% and
% \begin{math}C\end{math}.
% \end{dseries}
% \end{verbatim}
% then conversion to inline form is simply a matter of removing the
% \verb'\begin{dseries}' and \verb'\end{dseries}' lines; the contents of the
% display need no alterations.
%
% It would be nice to provide the same feature for \verb'$' notation but
% there is no easy way to do that because the \verb'$' function has no
% entry point to allow changing what happens before math mode is entered.
% Making it work would therefore require turning \verb'$' into an active
% character, something that I hesitate to do in a \LaTeXe\ context.
%
% \item[\env{dseries*}] Unnumbered variant of \env{dseries}
%
% \item[\env{dgroup}] Like the \env{align} environment of \pkg{amsmath},
% but with each constituent equation wrapped in a \env{dmath},
% \env{dmath*}, \env{dseries}, or \env{dseries*} environment instead of being
% separated by \dbslash/. The equations are numbered with a group number.
% When the constituent environments are the numbered forms (\env{dmath} or
% \env{dseries}) they automatically switch to `subequations'-style
% numbering, i.e., something like (3a), (3b), (3c), \dots, depending on
% the current form of non-grouped equation numbers. See also
% \env{dgroup*}.
%
% \item[\env{dgroup*}] Unnumbered variant of \env{dgroup}. If the
% constituent environments are the numbered forms, they get normal
% individual equation numbers, i.e., something like (3), (4), (5), \dots~.
%
% \item[\env{darray}] Similar to \env{eqnarray} but with an argument like
% \env{array} for giving column specs. Automatic line breaking is not
% done here.
%
% \item[\env{darray*}] Unnumbered variant of \env{darray}, rather like
% \env{array} except in using \cs{displaystyle} for all column
% entries.
%
% \item[\env{dsuspend}] Suspend the current display in order to print
%   some text, without loss of the alignment. There is also a command
%   form of the same thing, \cs{intertext}.
% \end{description}
%
% \subsection{Commands}
%
% The commands provided by \thepkg are:
% \begin{description}
% \item[\cs{condition}] This command is used for
% a part of a display which functions as a condition on the main
% assertion. For example:
% \begin{verbatim}
% \begin{dmath}
% f(x)=\frac{1}{x} \condition{for $x\neq 0$}
% \end{dmath}.
% \end{verbatim}
% \begin{dmath}
% f(x)=\frac{1}{x} \condition{for $x\neq 0$}
% \end{dmath}.
% The \cs{condition} command automatically switches to text mode (so that
% interword spaces function the way they should), puts in a comma, and
% adds an appropriate amount of space. To facilitate promotion\slash
% demotion of formulas, \cs{condition} \qq{does the right thing} if used
% outside of display math.
%
% To substitute a different punctuation mark instead of the default comma,
% supply it as an optional argument for the \cs{condition} command:
% \begin{verbatim}
% \condition[;]{...}
% \end{verbatim}
% (Thus, to get no punctuation: \verb'\condition[]{...}'.)
%
% For conditions that contain no text, you can use the starred form of the
% command, which means to stay in math mode:
% \begin{verbatim}
% \begin{dmath}
% f(x)=\frac{1}{x} \condition*{x\neq 0}
% \end{dmath}.
%
% If your material contains a lot of conditions like these, you might like
% to define shorter abbreviations, e.g.,
% \begin{verbatim}
% \newcommand{\mc}{\condition*}% math condition
% \newcommand{\tc}{\condition}%  text condition
% \end{verbatim}
% But \thepkg refrains from predefining such abbreviations in order that
% they may be left to the individual author's taste.
%
% \item[\cs{hiderel}] In a compound equation it is sometimes desired to
% use a later relation symbol as the alignment point, rather than the
% first one. To do this, mark all the relation symbols up to the desired
% one with \cs{hiderel}:
% \begin{verbatim}
% T(n) \hiderel{\leq} T(2^n) \leq c(3^n - 2^n) ...
% \end{verbatim}
% \end{description}
%
% \section{Various environment options}\label{envopts}
%
% The following options are recognized for the \env{dmath}, \env{dgroup},
% \env{darray}, and \env{dseries} environments; some of the options do not
% make sense for all of the environments, but if an option is used where
% not applicable it is silently ignored rather than treated as an error.
% \changes{v0.98b}{2010/08/27}{replaced relindent with indentstep}
%
% \begin{verbatim}
% \begin{dmath}[style={\small}]
% \begin{dmath}[number={BV}]
% \begin{dmath}[labelprefix={eq:}]
% \begin{dmath}[label={xyz}]
% \begin{dmath}[indentstep={2em}]
% \begin{dmath}[compact]
% \begin{dmath}[spread={1pt}]
% \begin{dmath}[frame]
% \begin{dmath}[frame={1pt},framesep={2pt}]
% \begin{dmath}[background={red}]
% \begin{dmath}[color={purple}]
% \begin{dmath}[breakdepth={0}]
% \end{verbatim}
%
% Use the \opt{style} option to change the type size of an individual
% equation. This option can also serve as a catch-all option for
% altering the equation style in other ways; the contents are simply
% executed directly within the context of the equation.
%
% Use the \opt{number} option if you want the number for a particular
% equation to fall outside of the usual sequence. If this option is used
% the equation counter is not incremented. If for some reason you need to
% increment the counter and change the number at the same time, use the
% \opt{style} option in addition to the \opt{number} option:
% \begin{verbatim}
% style={\refstepcounter{equation}}
% \end{verbatim}
%
% Use of the normal \cs{label} command instead of the \opt{label} option
% works, I think, most of the time (untested). \opt{labelprefix} prepends
% its argument to the label (only useful as a global option, really),
% and must be called before \opt{label}.
%
% \changes{v0.98b}{2010/08/27}{replaced relindent with indentstep}
% Use the \opt{indentstep} option to specify something other than the
% default amount for the indention of relation symbols. The default is
% 8pt.
%
% Use the \opt{compact} option in compound equations to inhibit line
% breaks at relation symbols. By default a line break will be taken before
% each relation symbol except the first one. With the \opt{compact} option
% \LaTeX\ will try to fit as much material as possible on each line, but
% breaks at relation symbols will still be preferred over breaks at binary
% operator symbols.
%
% Use the \opt{spread} option to increase (or decrease) the amount of
% interline space in an equation. See the example given above.
%
% Use the \opt{frame} option to produce a frame around the body of the
% equation. The thickness of the frame can optionally be specified by
% giving it as an argument of the option. The default thickness is
% \cs{fboxrule}.
%
% Use the \opt{framesep} option to change the amount of space separating
% the frame from what it encloses. The default space is \cs{fboxsep}.
%
% Use the \opt{background} option to produce a colored background for the
% equation body. The \pkg{breqn} package doesn't automatically load the
% \pkg{color} package, so this option won't work unless you remember
% to load the \pkg{color} package yourself.
%
% Use the \opt{color} option to specify a different color for the contents
% of the equation. Like the \opt{background} option, this doesn't work if
% you forgot to load the \pkg{color} package.
%
% Use the \opt{breakdepth} option to change the level of delimiter nesting
% to which line breaks are allowed. To prohibit line breaks within
% delimiters, set this to 0:
% \begin{verbatim}
% \begin{dmath}[breakdepth={0}]
% \end{verbatim}
% The default value for breakdepth is 2. Even when breaks are allowed
% inside delimiters, they are marked as less desirable than breaks outside
% delimiters. Most of the time a break will not be taken within delimiters
% until the alternatives have been exhausted.
%
% Options for the \env{dgroup} environment: all of the above, and also
% \begin{verbatim}
% \begin{dgroup}[noalign]
% \begin{dgroup}[brace]
% \end{verbatim}
%
% By default the equations in a \env{dgroup} are mutually aligned on their
% relation symbols ($=$, $<$, $\geq$, and the like). With the
% \opt{noalign} option each equation is placed individually without
% reference to the others.
%
% The \opt{brace} option means to place a large brace encompassing the
% whole group on the same side as the equation number.
%
% Options for the \env{darray} environment: all of the above (where
% sensible), and also
% \begin{verbatim}
% \begin{darray}[cols={lcr@{\hspace{2em}}lcr}]
% \end{verbatim}
% The value of the \opt{cols} option for the darray environment should be
% a series of column specs as for the \env{array} environment, with the
% following differences:
% \begin{itemize}
% \item For l, c, and r what you get is not text, but math, and
% displaystyle math at that. To get text you must use a 'p' column
% specifier, or put an \cs{mbox} in each of the individual cells.
%
% \item Vertical rules don't connect across lines.
% \end{itemize}
%
% \section{The \pkg{flexisym} package}\label{flexisym}
%
% The \pkg{flexisym} package does some radical changes in the setup for
% math symbols to allow their definitions to change dynamically throughout
% a document. The \pkg{breqn} package uses this to make symbols of classes
% 2, 3, 4, 5 run special functions inside an environment such as
% \env{dmath} that provide the necessary support for automatic line
% breaking.
%
% The method used to effect these changes is to change the definitions of
% \cs{DeclareMathSymbol} and \cs{DeclareMathDelimiter}, and then
% re-execute the standard set of \LaTeX\ math symbol definitions.
% Consequently, additional mathrel and mathbin symbols defined by other
% packages will get proper line-breaking behavior if the other package is
% loaded after the \pkg{flexisym} package and the symbols are defined
% through the standard interface.
%
%
%
% \section{Caution! Warning!}
% Things to keep in mind when writing documents with \thepkg:
% \begin{itemize}
%
% \item The notation $:=$ must be written with the command \cs{coloneq}.
%   Otherwise the $:$ and the $=$ will be treated as two separate relation
%   symbols with an \qq{empty RHS} between them, and they will be printed
%   on separate lines.
%
% \item Watch out for constructions like \verb'^+' where a single binary
% operator or binary relation symbol is subscripted or superscripted. When
% the \pkg{breqn} or \pkg{flexisym} package is used, braces are mandatory
% in such constructions: \verb'^{+}'. This applies for both display and
% in-line math.
%
% \item If you want \LaTeX\ to make intelligent decisions about line
% breaks when vert bars are involved, use proper pairing versions of the
% vert-bar symbols according to context: \verb'\lvert n\rvert' instead of
% \verb'|n|'. With the nondirectional \verb'|' there is no way for \LaTeX\
% to reliably deduce which potential breakpoints are inside delimiters
% (more highly discouraged) and which are not.
%
% \item If you use the \pkg{german} package or some other package that
% turns double quote \verb'"' into a special character, you may encounter
% some problems with named math symbols of type mathbin, mathrel,
% mathopen, or mathclose in moving arguments. For example, \cs{leq} in a
% section title will be written to the \fn{.aux} file as something like
% \verb'\mathchar "3214'. This situation probably ought to be improved,
% but for now use \cs{protect}.
%
% \item Watch out for the \texttt{[} character at the beginning of a
% \env{dmath} or similar environment, if it is supposed to be interpreted
% as mathematical content rather than the start of the environment's
% optional argument.
%
% This is OK:
% \begin{verbatim}
% \begin{dmath}
% [\lambda,1]...
% \end{dmath}
% \end{verbatim}
% This will not work as expected:
% \begin{verbatim}
% \begin{dmath}[\lambda,1]...\end{dmath}
% \end{verbatim}
%
% \item Watch out for unpaired delimiter symbols (in display math only):
% \begin{verbatim}
% ( ) [ ] \langle \rangle \{ \} \lvert \rvert ...
% \end{verbatim}
% If an open delimiter is used without a close delimiter, or vice versa,
% it is normally harmless but may adversely affect line breaking. This is only
% for symbols that have a natural left or right directionality. Unpaired
% \cs{vert} and so on are fine.
%
% When a null delimiter is used as the other member of the pair
% (\verb'\left.' or \verb'\right.') this warning doesn't apply.
%
% \item If you inadvertently apply \cs{left} or \cs{right} to something
% that is not a delimiter, the error messages are likely to be a bit
% more confusing than usual. The normal \LaTeX\ response to an error such
% as
% \begin{verbatim}
% \left +
% \end{verbatim}
% is an immediate message
% \begin{verbatim}
% ! Missing delimiter (. inserted).
% \end{verbatim}
% When \thepkg is in use, \LaTeX\ will fail to realize anything is wrong
% until it hits the end of the math formula, or a closing delimiter
% without a matching opening delimiter, and then the first message is an
% apparently pointless
% \begin{verbatim}
% ! Missing \endgroup inserted.
% \end{verbatim}
%
% \end{itemize}
%
% \section{Examples}
%
% \renewcommand\theequation{\thesection.\arabic{equation}}
% % Knuth, SNA p74
% \begin{xio}
% Replace $j$ by $h-j$ and by $k-j$ in these sums to get [cf.~(26)]
% \begin{dmath}[label={sna74}]
% \frac{1}{6} \left(\sigma(k,h,0) +\frac{3(h-1)}{h}\right)
%   +\frac{1}{6} \left(\sigma(h,k,0) +\frac{3(k-1)}{k}\right)
% =\frac{1}{6} \left(\frac{h}{k} +\frac{k}{h} +\frac{1}{hk}\right)
%   +\frac{1}{2} -\frac{1}{2h} -\frac{1}{2k},
% \end{dmath}
% which is equivalent to the desired result.
% \end{xio}
%
% % Knuth, SNA 4.6.2, p387
% \begin{xio}
% \newcommand\mx[1]{\begin{math}#1\end{math}}% math expression
% %
% Now every column which has no circled entry is completely zero;
% so when $k=6$ and $k=7$ the algorithm outputs two more vectors,
% namely
% \begin{dseries}[frame]
% \mx{v^{[2]} =(0,5,5,0,9,5,1,0)},
% \mx{v^{[3]} =(0,9,11,9,10,12,0,1)}.
% \end{dseries}
% From the form of the matrix $A$ after $k=5$, it is evident that
% these vectors satisfy the equation $vA =(0,\dotsc,0)$.
% \end{xio}
%
% \begin{xio}
% \begin{dmath*}
% T(n) \hiderel{\leq} T(2^{\lceil\lg n\rceil})
%   \leq c(3^{\lceil\lg n\rceil}
%     -2^{\lceil\lg n\rceil})
%   <3c\cdot3^{\lg n}
%   =3c\,n^{\lg3}
% \end{dmath*}.
% \end{xio}
%
% \begin{xio}
% The reduced minimal Gr\"obner basis for $I^q_3$ consists of
% \begin{dgroup*}
% \begin{dmath*}
% H_1^3 = x_1 + x_2 + x_3
% \end{dmath*},
% \begin{dmath*}
% H_2^2 = x_1^2 + x_1 x_2 + x_2^2 - q_1 - q_2
% \end{dmath*},
% \begin{dsuspend}
% and
% \end{dsuspend}
% \begin{dmath*}
% H_3^1 = x_1^3 - 2x_1 q_1 - x_2 q_1
% \end{dmath*}.
% \end{dgroup*}
% \end{xio}
%
%
%
%\section{Technical notes on tag placement}
%
%The method used by the breqn package to place the equation number is
%rather more complicated than you might think, and the whole reason is
%to allow the number to stay properly centered on the total height even
%when the height fluctuates due to stretching or shrinking of the page.
%
%
%Consider the following equation:
%\begin{dmath}[number={3.15}]
%  N_{0} \simeq \left( \frac{\nu}{\lVert u\rVert_{H^{i}}} \right)
%  \lvert I\rvert^{-1/2}
%\end{dmath}
%It will have only one line, if the column width is not too narrow.
%
%Scrutinizing the vertical list will shed light on some of the basic properties
%shared by all breqn equations. After that we will look at what would happen if
%two or more lines were needed. The numbers added on the left in the following
%\cs{showlists} output mark the points of interest.
%\begin{verbatim}
%[1] \penalty 10000
%    \glue(\abovedisplayskip) 0.0
%    \penalty 10000
%    \glue(\belowdisplayskip) 0.0
%[2] \glue 4.0 plus 4.0
%    \glue(\lineskip) 1.0
%[3] \vbox(16.53902+0.0)x0.0, glue set 16.53902fil
%    .\glue 0.0 plus 1.0fil minus 1.0fil
%    \penalty 10000
%[4] \glue -8.51945
%[5] \hbox(7.5+2.5)x25.55563
%    .\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 (
%    .\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 3
%    .\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 .
%    .\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 1
%    .\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 5
%    .\kern 0.0
%    .\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 )
%    \penalty 10000
%[6] \glue(\parskip) -18.01956
%[7] \hbox(16.53902+9.50012)x360.0, glue set 1.78647
%\end{verbatim}
%\begin{enumerate}
%\item These four lines are a hidden display structure from \TeX's
%  primitive \texttt{\$\$} mechanism. It is used only to get the value
%  of \cs{predisplaysize} so that we can later calculate by hand
%  whether to use the short display skips or the regular ones. (The
%  reason that we have to do it by hand traces back to the fact that
%  \TeX\ 3.x does not allow unhboxing in math mode.) The penalties come
%  from \cs{predisplaypenalty} and \cs{postdisplaypenalty}, which were
%  locally set to 10000 to ensure there would be no unintended page
%  breaks at these glue nodes.
%
%\item These two glue nodes are the ones that would normally have been
%  produced at the top of a display; the first one is the above-display
%  skip node (though we had to put it in by hand with \cs{vskip}) and
%  the second one is the usual baselineskip/lineskip node.
%
%\item This is a dummy copy of the equation's first line, which is
%  thrown in here to get the proper value of baselineskip (or lineskip
%  in this case). Why do we need this? Because this ensures that we get
%  the top spacing right before we fiddle with the glue nodes
%  surrounding the equation number. And if the equation has a frame,
%  this box is a good place to add it from.
%
%\item This is a special glue node that brings us to the right vertical
%  position for adding the equation number. Its value is calculated
%  from the variables that you would expect, given the presence of the
%  dummy first line above the num- ber: starting position of the
%  equation, height of first line, total height of equation body. If
%  the equation body had more than one line, with stretchable glue
%  between the lines, half of the stretch would be added in this glue
%  node.
%
%\item The hbox containing the equation number.
%
%\item Backspace to bring the equation body to the right starting point. We use
%  \cs{parskip} to put this glue in place because we're going to get a
%  parskip node here in any case when we add the equation body with (in
%  essence). If we didn't do this we'd get two glue nodes instead of
%  one, to no purpose.
%
%\cs{\noindent} \cs{unhbox}\cs{EQ@box}.
%
%
%\item And lastly we see here the first line of the equation body,
%  which appears to have height 16.5pt and depth 9.5pt.
%\end{enumerate}
%
%For comparison, the vertical list produced from the above equation in
%standard \LaTeX\ would look like this, if the same values of
%columnwidth and abovedisplayskip are used:
%\begin{verbatim}
%[1] \penalty 10000
%[2] \glue(\abovedisplayskip) 4.0 plus 4.0
%    \glue(\lineskip) 1.0
%    \hbox(16.53902+9.50012)x232.94844
%[3] .\hbox(7.5+2.5)x25.55563
%    ..\hbox(7.5+2.5)x25.55563
%    ...\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 (
%    ...\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 3
%    ...\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 .
%    ...\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 1
%    ...\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 5
%    ...\kern 0.0
%    ...\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 )
%    .\kern101.49591
%[4] .\hbox(16.53902+9.50012)x105.8969
%    ...
%[5] \penalty 0
%[6] \glue(\belowdisplayskip) 4.0 plus 4.0
%    \glue(\lineskip) 1.0
%    \hbox(6.94444+1.94444)x345.0, glue set 62.1106fil
%\end{verbatim}
%
%\begin{enumerate}
%  \item \cs{predisplaypenalty}
%  \item \cs{abovedisplayskip}
%  \item  equation number box
%  \item equation body
%  \item \cs{postdisplaypenaltly}
%  \item \cs{belowdisplayskip}
%\end{enumerate}
%
%
% \section{Technical notes on Equation Layouts}
% \textbf{MJD [1998/12/28]}
%
% \providecommand{\qq}[1]{\textquotedblleft#1\textquotedblright}
% \providecommand{\mdash}{\textemdash}
% \providecommand{\ndash}{\textendash}
%
% \newcommand{\ititle}[1]{\textit{#1}}
%
% \newcommand{\LR}[2][.4]{%
%   \framebox[#1\displaywidth]{$\displaystyle{}#2$}%
% }
%
% \newcommand{\LHS}[1]{\LR[\relifactor]{#1}}
%
% \newdimen\relindent \newdimen\rhswd
%
% \newcommand{\dwline}{%
%   \hbox to\curdw{\vrule height1ex
%     \leaders\hrule height.55ex depth-.45ex\hfil
%     \tiny \space display width
%     \leaders\hrule height.55ex depth-.45ex\hfil
%     \vrule height1ex}%
% }
%
% \newenvironment{layout}[1][.15]{%
%   \noindent
%   $$\edef\curdw{\the\displaywidth}%
%     \def\relifactor{#1}%
%     \gdef\layoutcr{\cr}\def\\{\layoutcr}%
%     \binoppenalty 10000 \relpenalty 10000
%   \setbox8\vbox\bgroup
%     \advance\baselineskip .35\baselineskip
%     \advance\lineskip .35\baselineskip \lineskiplimit\lineskip
%     \relindent=#1\displaywidth
%     \rhswd=\displaywidth \advance\rhswd-\relindent
%     \global\row 0 \gdef\rhsskew{}%
%     \halign\bgroup \global\advance\row 1 $\hfil\displaystyle{}##$&%
%       \ifnum\row>1 \rhsskew \fi $\displaystyle{}##\hfil$\cr
% }{%
%   \crcr\egroup\egroup
%   \vcenter{\halign{\hfil##\hfil\cr
%     \hbox{\hss\dwline\hss}\cr\noalign{\vskip.6\baselineskip}\box8 \cr}}%
%   $$\relax
%   \ignorespacesafterend
% }
%
% \newcommand{\stagger}{\omit\span\gdef\layoutcr{\cr\omit\span}}
%
% \newcount\row
%
% \newcommand{\rhsskew}{}
% \newcommand{\skewleft}[1]{\gdef\rhsskew{\kern-#1\relax}}
%
%
% \subsection{Misc examples}
%
% Let us consider which of these have 50\% or more of wasted whitespace
% \emph{within the bounding box of the visible material}.
% \begin{layout}[.4]
% \LHS{L}&=\LR[.35]{R_{1}}\\
% &=\LR[.25]{R_{1}}
% \end{layout}
%
% \subsection{Ladder and step layouts}
%
% \subsubsection{Straight ladder layout}
% This is distinguished by a relatively short LHS and one or more RHS's of
% any length.
% \begin{layout}
% \LHS{L} &= \LR[.5]{R_{1}}\\
% &=\LR[.3]{R_{2}}\\
% &=\LR[.25]{R_{3}}\\
% &\qquad\ldots
% \end{layout}
% The simplest kind of equation that fits on one line and has only one RHS
% may be viewed as a trivial subcase of the straight ladder layout:
% \begin{layout}
% \LHS{L} &= \LR[.5]{R}
% \end{layout}
% If some of the RHS's are too wide to fit on a single line they may be
% broken at binary operator symbols such as plus or minus. This is still
% classified as a straight ladder layout if none of the fragments intrude
% into the LHS column, because the underlying parshape is the same.
% \begin{layout}
% \LHS{L} &= \LR[.4]{R_{1a}}\\
% &\quad +\LR[.6]{R_{1b}}\\
% &=\LR[.3]{R_{2}}\\
% &=\LR[.25]{R_{3a}}\\
% &\quad +\LR[.45]{R_{3b}}\\
% &\quad +\LR[.54]{R_{3c}}\\
% &\qquad\ldots
% \end{layout}
%
% \subsubsection{Skew ladder layout}
% \begin{layout}[.5]
% \skewleft{.35\displaywidth}
% \LHS{L}&= \LR[.3]{R_{1}}\\
% &=\LR[.6]{R_{2}}\\
% &=\LR[.25]{R_{3}}\\
% &\qquad\ldots
% \end{layout}
% In a skew ladder layout, the combined LHS width plus width of $R_{1}$
% does not exceed the available width, but one of the other RHS's is so
% wide that aligning its relation symbol with the others cannot be done
% without making it run over the right margin: $\mbox{width}(L) +
% \mbox{width}_{\mathrm{max}}(R_{i})>\mbox{width}_{\mathrm{avail}}$. In
% that case we next try aligning all but the first relation symbol,
% allowing all the $R_{i}$ after $R_1$ to shift leftward.
%
% \subsubsection{Drop ladder layout}
% \begin{layout}[.6]
% \makebox[.15\displaywidth][l]{\LHS{L}}\\
% &= \LR[.6]{R_{1}}\\
% &=\LR[.3]{R_{2}}\\
% &=\LR[.25]{R_{3}}\\
% &\qquad\ldots
% \end{layout}
% The drop ladder layout is similar to the skew ladder layout but with the
% width of $R_1$ too large for it to fit on the same line as the LHS. Then
% we move $R_1$ down to a separate line and try again to align all the
% relation symbols. Note that this layout consumes more vertical space
% than the skew ladder layout.
%
% \subsubsection{Step layout}
% \begin{layout}[.6]
% \stagger
% \LHS{R_{a}}\\
% \qquad + \LR[.7]{R_{b}}\\
% \qquad\qquad + \LR[.6]{R_{c}}\\
% \qquad\qquad\qquad + \LR[.45]{R_{d}}\\
% \qquad\qquad\qquad\qquad\ldots
% \end{layout}
% The chief characteristic of the step layout is that there is no relation
% symbol, so that the available line breaks are (usually) all at binary
% operator symbols. Let $w_1$ and $w_l$ be the widths of the first and
% last fragments. We postulate that the ideal presentation is as follows:
% Choose a small stairstep indent $I$ (let's say 1 or 2 em). We want the
% last fragment to be offset at least $I$ from the start of the first
% fragment, and to end at least $I$ past the end of the first fragment. If
% there are only two lines these requirements determine a target width
% $w_T=\max(w_1+I,w_l+I)$. If there are more than two lines ($l>2$) then
% use $w_T = \max(w_1 + (l-1)I, w_l+I, w_{\mathrm{avail}}$ and reset $I$
% to $w_T/(l-1)$ if $w_T = w_{\mathrm{avail}}$.
%
% Furthermore, we would like the material to be distributed as evenly as
% possible over all the lines rather than leave the last line exceedingly
% short. If the total width is $1.1(\mbox{width}_{\mathrm{avail}})$, we
% don't want to have .9 of that on line 1 and .2 of it on line 2:
% \begin{layout}[.9]
% \stagger
% \LHS{R_{a}\hfil+\hfil R_{b}\hfil+\hfil R_{c}}\\
% \qquad + \LR[.1]{R_{d}}
% \end{layout}
% Better to split it as evenly as possible, if the available breakpoints
% permit.
% \begin{layout}[.5]
% \stagger
% \LHS{R_{a}\hfil+\hfil R_{b}}\\
% \qquad + \LR[.5]{R_{c}\hfil+\hfil R_d}
% \end{layout}
% A degenerate step layout may arise if an unbreakable fragment of
% the equation is so wide that indenting it to its appointed starting
% point would cause it to run over the right margin. In that case, we want
% to shift the fragment leftward just enough to bring it within the right
% margin:
% \begin{layout}[.6]
% \stagger
% \LHS{L_{a}}\\
% \quad + \LR[.8]{L_{b}}\\
% \qquad + \LR[.7]{L_{c}}\\
% \; + \LR[.87]{L_{d}}\\
% \qquad\ldots
% \end{layout}
% And then we may want to regularize the indents as in the drop ladder
% layout. Let's call this a dropped step layout:
% \begin{layout}[.6]
% \stagger
% \LHS{L_{a}}\\
% \quad + \LR[.8]{L_{b}}\\
% \quad + \LR[.7]{L_{c}}\\
% \quad + \LR[.87]{L_{d}}\\
% \qquad\ldots
% \end{layout}
%
% \subsection{Strategy}
%
% Here is the basic procedure for deciding which equation layout to use,
% before complications like equation numbers and delimiter clearance come
% into the picture. Let $A$ be the available width, $w_{\mathrm{total}}$
% the total width of the equation contents, $w(L)$ the width of the
% left-hand side, $w_{\max}(R)$ the max width of the right-hand sides, $I$
% the standard indent for step layout, and $O$ the standard offset for
% binary operators if a break occurs in the middle of an RHS. Also let
% $t_L$ and $t_R$ represent certain thresholds for the width of the LHS or
% the RHS at which a layout decision may change, as explained below.
%
% \begin{small}
% \begin{enumerate}
% \renewcommand{\labelenumi}{(\theenumi)}
% \item \ititle{Does everything fit on one line?}\label{i:LR}
%   $w_{\mathrm{total}}\leq A$?
%
% Yes: print the equation on a single line (done).
%
% No: Check whether the equation has both LHS and RHS (\ref{i:lhs-check}).
%
% \item \ititle{Is there a left-hand side?}\label{i:lhs-check}
% Are there any relation symbols in the equation?
%
% Yes: Try a ladder layout (\ref{i:ladder}).
%
% No: Try a step layout (\ref{i:step}).
%
% \item\ititle{Does the LHS leave room to fit the widest RHS?}\label{i:ladder}
%   $w(L)+w_{\max}(R)<A$?
%
% Yes: Use a straight ladder layout (\ref{i:straight-ladder}).
%
% No: Check the width of the LHS (\ref{i:check-lhs}).
%
% \item\ititle{Is the LHS relatively short?}\label{i:check-lhs}
% $w(L)\leq t_L$? (where $t_L$ is typically $0.4A$).
%
% Yes: Subdividing one or more of the RHS's may permit us to use a
% straight ladder layout (\ref{i:straight-ladder}).
%
% No: The straight ladder layout is unlikely to work.
% Try a skew or drop ladder layout (\ref{i:skew-drop}).
%
% \item\ititle{Straight ladder layout}\label{i:straight-ladder}
% Set up a straight ladder parshape [0pt $A$ $w(L)$ $A-w(L)$] and run
% a trial break. If the combined width of the LHS plus the longest RHS is
% no greater than $A$ then we should get a satisfactory layout with all
% line breaks occurring at major division points (relation symbols).
% Otherwise, we hope, some additional line breaks at minor division points
% will allow everything to fit within the text column.
%
% \ititle{Line breaks OK?}
%
% \begingroup \hbadness=9999
% Yes: The straight ladder layout succeeded
%   (done).\par\endgroup
%
% No: Try a skew or drop ladder layout (\ref{i:skew-drop}).
%
% \item\ititle{Do the LHS and the first RHS fit on one
%     line?}\label{i:skew-drop} $w(L)+w(R_1) \leq A$?
%
% Yes: Try a skew ladder layout (\ref{i:skew}).
%
% No: Try a drop ladder layout (\ref{i:drop}).
%
% \item\ititle{Skew ladder layout}\label{i:skew}
% Set up a parshape [0pt $A$ $I$ $A-I$] and run a trial break.
%
% \ititle{Line breaks OK?}
%
% Yes: Skew ladder layout succeeded (done).
%
% No: One of the unbreakable fragments of the $R_i$ ($i>1$) is wider than
% $A-I$; try an almost-columnar layout (\ref{i:almost-columnar}).
%
% \item\ititle{Drop ladder layout}\label{i:drop}
% Set up a parshape [0pt $w(L)$ $I$ $A-I$] and run a trial break.
% This is the same parshape as for a skew ladder layout except that the
% width of the first line is limited to the LHS width, so that the RHS is
% forced to drop down to the next line.
%
% \ititle{Line breaks OK?}
%
% Yes: Drop ladder layout succeeded (done).
%
% No: One of the unbreakable fragments of the $R_i$ ($i>1$) is wider than
% $A-I$; try an almost-columnar layout (\ref{i:almost-columnar}).
%
% \item\ititle{Almost-columnar layout}\label{i:almost-columnar}
% This presupposes a trial break that yielded a series of expressions or
% fragments, one per line. Let $w(F)$ denote the width of the first
% fragment and $w(R_i)$ the widths of the remaining fragments.
% Set up a parshape [0pt $w(F)$ $A-w_{\max}(R_i)$ $w_{\max}(R_i)$]: in other
% words, set the first line flush left and the longest line flush right
% and all other lines indented to the same position as the longest line.
% But as a matter of fact there is one other refinement for extreme cases:
% if $w_{\max}(R_i)>A$ then the parshape can be simplified without loss to
% [0pt $w(F)$ 0pt $A$]\mdash for that is the net effect of substituting
% $\min(A,w_{\max})$ in stead of $w_{\max}$.
% (Done.)
%
% \item\ititle{Step layout}\label{i:step} Set target width $w_T$ to $A -
%   2I$.  Set parshape to [0pt $w_T$ $I$ $w_T -I$ $2I$ $w_T -2I$ \ldots\
%   $(l-1)I$ $w_T - (l-1)I$], where $l=\lceil w_{\mathrm{total}}/A\rceil$
%   is the expected number of lines that will be required.  Trial break
%   with that parshape in order to find out the width of the last line.
%
% \ititle{Indents OK?}
%
% Yes: Step layout succeeded (done).
%
% No: One of the fragments is too wide to fit in
% the allotted line width, after subtracting the indent specified by the
% parshape. Try a dropped step layout (\ref{i:drop-step})
%
% \item\ititle{Dropped step layout}\label{i:drop-step} Set up a parshape
%   [0pt $A$ $I$ $A-I$] and run a trial break.  Note that this is actually
%   the same parshape as for a skew ladder layout.
%
% \ititle{Line breaks OK?}
%
% Yes: Dropped step layout succeeded (done).
%
% No: One of the unbreakable fragments of the $R_i$ ($i>1$) is wider than
% $A-I$; as a last resort try an almost-columnar layout (\ref{i:almost-columnar}).
%
% \end{enumerate}
% \par\end{small}
%
% \section{To do}
%
% \begin{itemize}
% \item Handling of QED
% \item Space between \verb'\end{dmath}' and following punctuation will
% prevent the punctuation from being drawn into the equation.
% \item Overriding the equation layout
% \item Overriding the placement of the equation number
% \item \qq{alignid} option for more widely separated equations where
%   shared alignment is desired (requires two passes)
% \item Or maybe provide an \qq{alignwidths} option where you give
%   lhs/rhs width in terms of ems? And get feedback later on discrepancies
%   with the actual measured contents?
% \item \cs{intertext} not needed within dgroup! But currently there are
%   limitations on floating objects within dgroup.
% \item \verb'align={1}' or 2, 3, 4 expressing various levels of demand
%   for group-wide alignment. Level 4 means force alignment even if some
%   lines then have to run over the right margin! Level 1, the default,
%   means first break LHS-RHS equations as if it occurred by itself, then
%   move them left or right within the current line width to align them if
%   possible. Levels 2 and 3 mean try harder to align but give up if
%   overfull lines result.
% \item Need an \cs{hshift} command to help with alignment of
%   lines broken at a discretionary times sign. Also useful for adjusting
%   inside-delimiter breaks.
% \end{itemize}
%
% \StopEventually{}
% \clearpage
% \newgeometry{left=4cm}
% \part{Implementation}
%
%
% The package version here is Michael's v0.90 updated by Bruce
% Miller. Michael's changes between v0.90 and his last v0.94 will be
% incorporated where applicable.
%
%
% The original sources of \pkg{breqn} and related files exist in a
% non-dtx format devised by Michael Downes himself.
% Lars Madsen has kindly written a Perl script for transforming the
% original source files into near-perfect dtx state, requiring only
% very little hand tuning. Without his help it would have been nigh
% impossible to incorporate the original sources with Michael's
% comments. A big, big thank you to him.
%
%
%
% \section{Introduction}
% The \pkg{breqn} package provides environments
% \env{dmath}, \env{dseries}, and \env{dgroup} for
% displayed equations with \emph{automatic line breaking},
% including automatic indention of relation symbols and binary operator
% symbols at the beginning of broken lines.    These environments
% automatically pull in following punctuation so that it can be written in
% a natural way.    The \pkg{breqn} package also provides a
% \env{darray} environment similar to the \env{array}
% environment but using \cs{displaystyle} for all the array cells and
% providing better interline spacing (because the vertical ruling
% feature of \env{array} is dropped).
% These are all autonumbered environments like \env{equation}
% and have starred forms that don't add a number.    For a more
% comprehensive and detailed description of the features and intended
% usage of the \pkg{breqn} package see \fn{breqndoc.tex}.
%
%
%
%
% \section{Strategy}
% Features of particular note are the ability to have
% linebreaks even within a \cs{left} \ndash  \cs{right} pair of
% delimiters, and the automatic alignment on relations and binary
% operators of a split equation.    To make \env{dmath} handle
% all this, we begin by setting the body of the equation in a special
% paragraph form with strategic line breaks whose purpose is not to
% produce line breaks in the final printed output but rather to mark
% significant points in the equation and give us entry points for
% unpacking \cn{left} \ndash  \cn{right} boxes.
% After the initial typesetting, we take the resulting stack of line
% fragments and, working backward, splice them into a new, single-line
% paragraph; this will eventually be poured into a custom parshape, after
% we do some measuring to calculate what that parshape should be.
% This streamlined horizontal list may contain embedded material
% from user commands intended to alter line breaks, horizontal alignment,
% and interline spacing; such material requires special handling.
%
% To make the `shortskip' possibility work even for
% multiline equations, we must plug in a dummy \tex  display to give us
% the value of \cs{predisplaysize}, and calculate for ourselves when
% to apply the short skips.
%
% In order to measure the equation body and do various
% enervating calculations on whether the equation number will fit and so
% on, we have to set it in a box.    Among other things, this means
% that we can't unhbox it inside \dbldollars  \dots  \dbldollars , or
% even \verb"$" \dots  \verb"$": \tex  doesn't allow you to
% \cs{unhbox} in math mode.    But we do want to unhbox it rather
% than just call \cs{box}, otherwise we can't take advantage of
% available shrink from \cs{medmuskip} to make equations shrink to
% fit in the available width.    So even for simple one-line equations
% we are forced to fake a whole display without going through \tex 's
% primitive display mechanism (except for using it to get
% \cs{predisplaysize} as mentioned above).
%
%
% In the case of a framed equation body, the current implementation is
% to set the frame in a separate box, of width zero and height zero,
% pinned to the upper left corner of the equation body, and then print the
% equation body on top of it.
% For attaching an equation number it would be much simpler to wrap
% the equation body in the frame and from then on treat the body as a
% single box instead of multiple line boxes.
% But I had a notion that it might be possible some day to support
% vertical stretching of the frame.
%
%
%
%
% \section{Prelim}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*package>
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% Declare package name and date.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\RequirePackage{expl3}
\ProvidesExplPackage{breqn}{2019/10/15}{0.98g}{Breaking equations}
%    \end{macrocode}
%   Regrettably, \pkg{breqn} is internally a mess, so we have to take
%   some odd steps.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\ExplSyntaxOff
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
% \section{Package options}
%
% Most options are set with the \cs{options} command (which
% calls \cs{setkeys}) because the standard package option
% mechanism doesn't provide support for key-value syntax.
%
% First we need to get the catcodes sorted out.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\edef\breqnpopcats{%
  \catcode\number`\"=\number\catcode`\"
  \relax}
\AtEndOfPackage{\breqnpopcats}%
\catcode`\^=7 \catcode`\_=8 \catcode`\"=12 \relax
\DeclareOption{mathstyleoff}{%
  \PassOptionsToPackage{mathstyleoff}{flexisym}%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Process options.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\ProcessOptions\relax
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
%
%
% \section{Required packages}
% The \pkg{flexisym} package makes it possible to attach
% extra actions to math symbols, in particular mathbin, mathrel, mathopen,
% and mathclose symbols.
% Normally it would suffice to call \cs{RequirePackage} without
% any extra testing, but the nature of the package is such that it is
% likely to be called earlier with different (no) options.
% Then is it really helpful to be always warning the user about
% \quoted{Incompatible Package Options!}?
% I don't think so.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@ifpackageloaded{flexisym}{}{%
  \RequirePackage{flexisym}[2009/08/07]
    \edef\breqnpopcats{\breqnpopcats
    \catcode\number`\^=\number\catcode`\^
    \catcode\number`\_=\number\catcode`\_
  }%
  \catcode`\^=7 \catcode`\_=8 \catcode`\"=12 \relax
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% The \pkg{keyval} package for handling equation options and
% \pkg{calc} to ease writing computations.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\RequirePackage{keyval,calc}\relax
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
% And add an \cs{options} cmd for processing package
% options that require an argument.    Maybe this will get added to
% the \pkg{keyval} package eventually.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@ifundefined{options}{%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\options}
% Get the package options and run setkeys on them.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\options}[2]{%
  \expandafter\options@a\csname opt@#1.sty\endcsname{#2}%
  \setkeys{#1}{#2}%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\options@a}
% \begin{macro}{\options@b}
% \begin{macro}{\options@c}
% \begin{macro}{\options@d}
% Redefine \cs{opt@pkgname.sty} as we go along to take out
% the options that are handled and leave the ones that are not.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\options@a#1#2{%
  \edef\@tempa{\options@b#2,\@empty\@nil}%
  \ifx#1\relax \let#1\@empty\fi
  \xdef#1{#1\ifx#1\@empty\@xp\@gobble\@tempa\@empty\else\@tempa \fi}%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Add the next option, and recurse if there remain more
% options.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\options@b#1,#2#3\@nil{%
  \options@c#1 \@nil
  \ifx#2\@empty \else\options@b#2#3\@nil\fi
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Discard everything after the first space.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\options@c#1 #2\@nil{\options@d#1=\@nil}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Discard everything after the first = sign; add a comma only if the
% remainder is not empty.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\options@d#1=#2\@nil{\ifx\@empty #1\@empty\else,\fi#1}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
%
%
% The tail of the \cs{@ifundefined} test.
%    \begin{macrocode}
}{}% end @ifundefined test
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
%
%
% \section{Some useful tools}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@nx}
% \begin{macro}{\@xp}
% The comparative brevity of \cs{@nx} and \cs{@xp} is
% valuable not so much for typing convenience as for reducing visual
% clutter in code sections that require a lot of expansion control.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\@nx\noexpand
\let\@xp\expandafter
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\@emptytoks}
% Constant empty token register, analogous to \cs{@empty}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@ifundefined{@emptytoks}{\newtoks\@emptytoks}{}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\f@ur}
% Constants 0\ndash 3 are provided in plain \tex , but not 4.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\chardef\f@ur=4
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\inf@bad}
% \cs{inf@bad} is for testing box badness.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcount\inf@bad \inf@bad=1000000
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\maxint}
%
% We want to use \cs{maxint} rather than coerced
% \cs{maxdimen} for \cs{linepenalty} in one place.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcount\maxint \maxint=2147483647
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\int@a}
% \begin{macro}{\int@b}
% \begin{macro}{\int@b}
%
% Provide some shorter aliases for various scratch registers.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\int@a=\@tempcnta
\let\int@b=\@tempcntb
\let\int@c=\count@
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\dim@a}
% \begin{macro}{\dim@b}
% \begin{macro}{\dim@c}
% \begin{macro}{\dim@d}
% \begin{macro}{\dim@e}
% \begin{macro}{\dim@A}
%
% Same for dimen registers.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\dim@a\@tempdima
\let\dim@b\@tempdimb
\let\dim@c\@tempdimc
\let\dim@d\dimen@
\let\dim@e\dimen@ii
\let\dim@A\dimen@i
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\skip@a}
% \begin{macro}{\skip@b}
% \begin{macro}{\skip@c}
%
% Same for skip registers.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\skip@a\@tempskipa
\let\skip@b\@tempskipb
\let\skip@c\skip@
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\toks@a}
% \begin{macro}{\toks@b}
% \begin{macro}{\toks@c}
% \begin{macro}{\toks@d}
% \begin{macro}{\toks@e}
% \begin{macro}{\toks@f}
%
% Same for token registers.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\toks@a\@temptokena
\let\toks@b\toks@
\toksdef\toks@c=2
\toksdef\toks@d=4
\toksdef\toks@e=6
\toksdef\toks@f=8
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\abs@num}
% We need an absolute value function for comparing
% penalties.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\abs@num#1{\ifnum#1<\z@-\fi#1}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\@ifnext}
% \begin{macro}{\@ifnexta}
% The \cs{@ifnext} function is a variation of
% \cs{@ifnextchar} that doesn't skip over intervening whitespace.
% We use it for the optional arg of \dbslash  inside
% \env{dmath} \etc  because we don't want
% unwary users to be tripped up by an unexpected attempt on \latex 's part
% to interpret a bit of math as an optional arg:
% \begin{literalcode}
% \begin{equation}
% ...\\
% [z,w]...
% \end{equation}
% \end{literalcode}
% .
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@ifnext#1#2#3{%
  \let\@tempd= #1\def\@tempa{#2}\def\@tempb{#3}%
  \futurelet\@tempc\@ifnexta
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Switch to \cs{@tempa} iff the next token matches.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@ifnexta{\ifx\@tempc\@tempd \let\@tempb\@tempa \fi \@tempb}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\@ifstar}
% Similarly let's remove space-skipping from \cs{@ifstar}
% because in some rare case of \dbslash  inside an equation, followed by
% a space and a \verb"*" where the \verb"*" is intended as the math
% binary operator, it would be a disservice to gobble the star as an
% option of the \dbslash  command.    In all other contexts the chance
% of having a space \emph{before} the star is extremely small: either
% the command is a control word which will get no space token after it in
% any case because of \tex 's tokenization rules; or it is a control
% symbol such as \dbslash  \verb"*" which is exceedingly unlikely to be
% written as \dbslash  \verb"*" by any one who really wants the
% \verb"*" to act as a modifier for the \dbslash  command.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@ifstar#1#2{%
  \let\@tempd*\def\@tempa*{#1}\def\@tempb{#2}%
  \futurelet\@tempc\@ifnexta
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\@optarg}
% Utility function for reading an optional arg
% \emph{without} skipping over any intervening spaces.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@optarg#1#2{\@ifnext[{#1}{#1[#2]}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\@True}
% \begin{macro}{\@False}
% \begin{macro}{\@Not}
% \begin{macro}{\@And}
% After \verb"\let\foo\@True" the test
% \begin{literalcode}
% \if\foo
% \end{literalcode}
% evaluates to true.    Would rather avoid \cs{newif} because it
% uses three csnames per Boolean variable; this uses only one.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@True{00}
\def\@False{01}
\def\@Not#1{0\ifcase#11 \or\@xp 1\else \@xp 0\fi}
\def\@And#1#2{0\ifcase#1#2 \@xp 0\else \@xp 1\fi}
\def\@Or#1#2{0\ifnum#1#2<101 \@xp 0\else \@xp 1\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
%
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\theb@@le#1{\if#1 True\else False\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\freeze@glue}
%
% Remove the stretch and shrink from a glue register.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\freeze@glue#1{#11#1\relax}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\z@rule}
% \begin{macro}{\keep@glue}
% Note well
% the intentional absence of \cs{relax} at the end of the replacement
% text of \cs{z@rule}; use it with care.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\z@rule{\vrule\@width\z@}% no \relax ! use with care
%    \end{macrocode}
% Different ways to keep a bit of glue from disappearing at the
% beginning of a line after line breaking:
% \begin{itemize}
% \item Zero-thickness rule
% \item Null character
% \item \cs{vadjust}\verb"{}" (\texbook , Exercise ??)
% \end{itemize}
% The null character idea would be nice except it
% creates a mathord which then screws up math spacing for \eg  a following
% unary minus sign.    (the vrule \emph{is} transparent to
% the math spacing).    The vadjust is the cheapest in terms of box
% memory\mdash it vanishes after the pass through \tex 's
% paragrapher.
% It is what I would have used, except that the equation contents get
% run through two paragraphing passes, once for breaking up LR boxes and
% once for the real typesetting.
% If \cs{keep@glue} were done with an empty vadjust, it would
% disappear after the first pass and\mdash in particular\mdash the
% pre-bin-op adjustment for relation symbols would disappear at a line break.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\keep@glue{\z@rule\relax}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\replicate}
%
% This is a fully expandable way of making N copies of a token
% list.
% Based on a post of David Kastrup to comp.text.tex circa January
% 1999.
% The extra application of \cs{number} is needed for maximal
% robustness in case the repeat count N is given in some weird \tex  form
% such as \verb|"E9| or \verb|\count9|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
% usage: \message{H\replicate{5}{i h}ow de doo dee!}
\begingroup \catcode`\&=11
\gdef\replicate#1{%
  \csname &\expandafter\replicate@a\romannumeral\number\number#1 000q\endcsname
}
\endgroup
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\replicate@a}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\long\def\replicate@a#1#2\endcsname#3{#1\endcsname{#3}#2}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\8m}% fix
%    \begin{macrocode}
\begingroup \catcode`\&=11
\long\gdef\&m#1#2{#1\csname &#2\endcsname{#1}}
\endgroup
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\8q}% fix
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@xp\let\csname\string &q\endcsname\@gobble
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\mathchars@reset}
%
% Need to patch up this function from flexisym a little, to better
% handle certain constructed symbols like \cs{neq}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\ExplSyntaxOn
\g@addto@macro\mathchars@reset{%
  %\let\@symRel\@secondoftwo \let\@symBin\@secondoftwo
  %\let\@symDeL\@secondoftwo \let\@symDeR\@secondoftwo
  %\let\@symDeB\@secondoftwo
  \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_Rel:Nn \use_ii:nn
  \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_Bin:Nn \use_ii:nn
  \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_DeL:Nn \use_ii:nn
  \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_DeR:Nn \use_ii:nn
  \cs_set_eq:NN \math_csym_DeB:Nn \use_ii:nn
}
\ExplSyntaxOff
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\eq@cons}
%
% \latex 's \cs{@cons} appends to the end of a list, but we need
% a function that adds material at the beginning.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@cons#1#2{%
  \begingroup \let\@elt\relax \xdef#1{\@elt{#2}#1}\endgroup
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@saveprimitive}
% If some preceding package redefined one of the
% primitives that we must change, we had better do some checking to make
% sure that we are able to save the primitive meaning for internal use.
% This is handled by the \cs{@saveprimitive} function.    We
% follow the example of \cs{@@input} where the primitive meaning is
% stored in an internal control sequence with a \verb"@@" prefix.
% Primitive control sequences can be distinguished by the fact that
% \cs{string} and \cs{meaning} return the same information.
% Well, not quite all: \cs{nullfont} and \cs{topmark}
% and the other \cs{...mark} primitives being the exceptions.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\providecommand{\@saveprimitive}[2]{%
  \begingroup
  \edef\@tempa{\string#1}\edef\@tempb{\meaning#1}%
  \ifx\@tempa\@tempb \global\let#2#1%
  \else
%    \end{macrocode}%
% If [arg1] is no longer primitive, then we are in trouble unless
% [arg2] was already given the desired primitive meaning somewhere
% else.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \edef\@tempb{\meaning#2}%
    \ifx\@tempa\@tempb
    \else \@saveprimitive@a#1#2%
    \fi
  \fi
  \endgroup
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Aux function, check for the special cases.
% Most of the time this branch will be skipped so we can
% stuff a lot of work into it without worrying about speed costs.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\providecommand\@saveprimitive@a[2]{%
  \begingroup
  \def\@tempb##1#1##2{\edef\@tempb{##2}\@car{}}%
  \@tempb\nullfont{select font nullfont}%
    \topmark{\string\topmark:}%
    \firstmark{\string\firstmark:}%
    \botmark{\string\botmark:}%
    \splitfirstmark{\string\splitfirstmark:}%
    \splitbotmark{\string\splitbotmark:}%
    #1{\string#1}%
    \@nil % for the \@car
  \edef\@tempa{\expandafter\strip@prefix\meaning\@tempb}%
  \edef\@tempb{\meaning#1}%
  \ifx\@tempa\@tempb \global\let#2#1%
  \else
    \PackageError{breqn}%
      {Unable to properly define \string#2; primitive
      \noexpand#1no longer primitive}\@eha
    \fi
  \fi
  \endgroup
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\@@math}
% \begin{macro}{\@@endmath}
% \begin{macro}{\@@display}
% \begin{macro}{\@@enddisplay}
% Move the math-start and math-end functions into control
% sequences.    If I were redesigning \tex  I guess I'd put these
% functions into primitive control words instead of linking them to a
% catcode.    That way \tex  would not have to do the special
% lookahead at a \verb"$" to see if there's another one coming up.
% Of course that's related to the question of how to provide user
% shorthand for common constructions: \tex , or an editing interface of
% some sort.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\begingroup \catcode`\$=\thr@@ % just to make sure
  \global\let\@@math=$ \gdef\@@display{$$}% $$$
\endgroup
\let\@@endmath=\@@math
\let\@@enddisplay=\@@display
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\@@insert}
% \begin{macro}{\@@mark}
% \begin{macro}{\@@vadjust}
% Save the primitives \cs{vadjust}, \cs{insert},
% \cs{mark} because we will want to change them locally during
% equation measuring to keep them from getting in the way of our vertical
% decomposition procedures.    We follow the example of
% \cs{@@input}, \cs{@@end}, \cs{@@par} where the primitive
% meaning is stored in an internal control sequence with a \verb"@@"
% prefix.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@saveprimitive\vadjust\@@vadjust
\@saveprimitive\insert\@@insert
\@saveprimitive\mark\@@mark
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
%
%
%
% \section{Debugging}
% Debugging help.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*trace>
\errorcontextlines=2000\relax
\typeout{BREQN DEBUGGING MODE ACTIVE}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macro}{\breqn@debugmsg}
% Print a debugging message.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\long\def\breqn@debugmsg#1{\GenericWarning{||}{||=\space#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\debugwr}
% Sometimes the newline behavior of \cs{message} is
% unsatisfactory; this provides an alternative.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\debugwr#1{\immediate\write\sixt@@n{||= #1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\debug@box}
% Record the contents of a box in the log file, without stopping.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\debug@box#1{%
  \batchmode{\showboxbreadth\maxdimen\showboxdepth99\showbox#1}%
  \errorstopmode
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\eqinfo}
% Show lots of info about the material before launching into the
% trials.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eqinfo{%
  \debug@box\EQ@copy
  \wlog{!! EQ@copy: \the\wd\EQ@copy\space x
    \the\ht\EQ@copy+\the\dp\EQ@copy
  }%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\debug@para}
% Check params that affect line breaking.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\debug@para{%
  \debugwr{\hsize\the\hsize, \parfillskip\the\parfillskip}%
  \breqn@debugmsg{\leftskip\the\leftskip, \rightskip\the\rightskip}%
  \breqn@debugmsg{\linepenalty\the\linepenalty, \adjdemerits\the\adjdemerits}%
  \breqn@debugmsg{\pretolerance\the\pretolerance, \tolerance\the\tolerance,
    \parindent\the\parindent}%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%</trace>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
%
%
% \section{The \cs{listwidth} variable}
% The dimen variable \cs{listwidth} is \cs{linewidth}
% plus \cs{leftmargin} plus \cs{rightmargin}, which is typically
% less than \cs{hsize} if the list depth is greater than one.
% In case a future package will provide this variable, define it only
% if not yet defined.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@ifundefined{listwidth}{\newdimen\listwidth}{}
\listwidth=\z@
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
%
%
% \section{Parameters}
%
% Here follows a list of parameters needed.
%
% \begin{macro}{\eqfontsize}
% \begin{macro}{\eqcolor}
% \begin{macro}{\eqmargin}
% \begin{macro}{\eqindent}
% \begin{macro}{\eqbinoffset}
% \begin{macro}{\eqnumside}
% \begin{macro}{\eqnumplace}
% \begin{macro}{\eqnumsep}
% \begin{macro}{\eqnumfont}
% \begin{macro}{\eqnumform}
% \begin{macro}{\eqnumsize}
% \begin{macro}{\eqnumcolor}
% \begin{macro}{\eqlinespacing}
% \begin{macro}{\eqlineskip}
% \begin{macro}{\eqlineskiplimit}
% \begin{macro}{\eqstyle}
% \begin{macro}{\eqinterlinepenalty}
% \begin{macro}{\intereqpenalty}
% \begin{macro}{\intereqskip}
%
% Note: avoid M, m, P, p because they look like they might be the
% start of a keyword \quoted{minus} or \quoted{plus}.    Then
% \tex  looks further to see if the next letter is i or l.    And if
% the next thing is an undefined macro, the attempt to expand the macro
% results in an error message.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eqfontsize{}         % Inherit from context    [NOT USED?]
\def\eqcolor{black}       % Default to black        [NOT USED?]
\newdimen\eqnumsep \eqnumsep=10pt        % Min space between equ number and body
\newdimen\eqmargin \eqmargin=8pt         % For `multline' gap emulation
%    \end{macrocode}
% The \cs{eqindent} and \cs{eqnumside} variables need to
% have their values initialized from context, actually.    But
% that takes a bit of work, which is postponed till later.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eqindent{C}%         % C or I, centered or indented
\def\eqnumside{R}%        % R or L, right or left
\def\eqnumplace{M}%       % M or T or B, middle top or bottom
%    \end{macrocode}
% Typesetting the equation number is done thus:
% \begin{literalcode}
% {\eqnumcolor \eqnumsize \eqnumfont{\eqnumform{\eq@number}}}
% \end{literalcode}
% .
%    \begin{macrocode}
%d\eqnumfont{\upshape}% % Upright even when surrounding text is slanted
\def\eqnumfont{}%         % Null for easier debugging [mjd,1997/09/26]
\def\eqnumform#1{(#1\@@italiccorr)} % Add parens
\def\eqnumsize{}          % Allow numbers to have different typesize ...
%    \end{macrocode}
% Tricky questions on \cs{eqnumsize}.    Should the default
% be \cs{normalsize}?    Then the user can scale down the
% equation body with \cs{small} and not affect the equation
% number.    Or should the default be empty?    Then in large
% sections of smaller text, like the dangerous bend stuff in
% \emph{\TeX book}, the equation number size will keep in synch
% with the context.
% Maybe need an \cs{eqbodysize} param as well to allow separating
% the two cases.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eqnumcolor{}         % ... or color than eq body e.g. \color{blue}
\newlength\eqlinespacing \eqlinespacing=14pt plus2pt % Base-to-base space between lines
\newlength\eqlineskip \eqlineskip=3pt plus2pt % Min space if eqlinespacing too small
\newdimen\eqlineskiplimit \eqlineskiplimit=2pt  % Threshold for switching to eqlineskip
%    \end{macrocode}
% The value of \cs{eqbinoffset} should include a negative shrink
% component that cancels the shrink component of medmuskip, otherwise
% there can be a noticeable variation in the indent of adjacent lines if
% one is shrunken a lot and the other isn't.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newmuskip \eqbinoffset \eqbinoffset=15mu minus-3mu % Offset from mathrel alignment pt for mathbins
\newmuskip\eqdelimoffset \eqdelimoffset=2mu    % Additional offset for break inside delims
\newdimen\eqindentstep \eqindentstep=8pt     % Indent used when LHS wd is n/a or too large
\newtoks\eqstyle           % Customization hook
\newcount\eqbreakdepth \eqbreakdepth=2       % Allow breaks within delimiters to this depth
\newcount \eqinterlinepenalty \eqinterlinepenalty=10000 % No page breaks between equation lines
\newcount \intereqpenalty \intereqpenalty=1000   % Pagebreak penalty between equations [BRM: Was \@M]
\newlength \intereqskip \intereqskip=3pt plus2pt % Additional vert space between equations
\newcount\prerelpenalty \prerelpenalty=-\@M   % Linebreak penalty before mathrel symbols
\newcount\prebinoppenalty \prebinoppenalty=888  % Linebreak penalty before mathbins
%    \end{macrocode}
% When breaking equations we never right-justify, so a stretch
% component of the muskip is never helpful and sometimes it is definitely
% undesirable.    Note that thick\slash medmuskips frozen inside a
% fraction or radical may turn out noticeably larger than neighboring
% unfrozen ones.    Nonetheless I think this way is the best
% compromise short of a new \tex  that can make those built-up objects
% shrink horizontally in proportion; the alternative is to pretty much
% eliminate the shrink possibility completely in displays.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newmuskip \Dmedmuskip \Dmedmuskip=4mu minus 3mu % medmuskip in displays
\newmuskip \Dthickmuskip \Dthickmuskip=5mu minus 2mu % thickmuskip in displays
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% And now some internal variables.    1997/10/22: some of
% these are dead branches that need to be pruned.
%
% MH: Started cleaning up a bit. No more funny loops.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@number{}          % Internal variable
\newlength\eqleftskip \eqleftskip=\@centering  % Space on the left  [NOT USED?]
\newlength\eqrightskip \eqrightskip=\@centering % Space on the right [NOT USED?]
\newlength\eq@vspan \eq@vspan=\z@skip     % Glue used to vcenter the eq number
\newmuskip\eq@binoffset \eq@binoffset=\eqbinoffset % Roughly, \eqbinoffset + \eqdelimoffset
\newsavebox\EQ@box               % Storage for equation body
\newsavebox\EQ@copy              % For eq body sans vadjust/insert/mark material
\newsavebox\EQ@numbox            % For equation number
\newdimen\eq@wdNum         % width of number + separation [NEW]
\newsavebox\GRP@numbox            % For group number [NEW]
\newdimen\grp@wdNum         % width of number + separation [NEW]
%%B\EQ@vimbox            % Vadjust, insert, or mark material
%%B\EQ@vimcopy           % Spare copy of same
%%B\eq@impinging         % Temporary box for measuring number placement
\newcount \eq@lines          % Internal counter, actual number of lines
\newcount \eq@curline       % Loop counter
\newcount \eq@badness      % Used in testing for overfull lines
\newcount \EQ@vims          % For bookkeeping
\def\@eq@numbertrue{\let\eq@hasNumber\@True}%
\def\@eq@numberfalse{\let\eq@hasNumber\@False}%
\let\eq@hasNumber\@False
%    \end{macrocode}
% Here for the dimens, it would be advisable to do some more careful
% management to conserve dimen registers.    First of all, most of the
% dimen registers are needed in the measuring phase, which is a tightly
% contained step that happens after the contents of the equation have been
% typeset into a box and before any external functions have a chance to
% regain control\mdash  \eg , the output routine.
% Therefore it is possible to make use of the the dimen registers 0--9,
% reserved by convention for scratch use, without fear of conflict with
% other macros.    But I don't want to use them directly with the
% available names:
% \begin{literalcode}
% \dimen@ \dimen@i \dimen@ii \dimen3 \dimen4 ... \dimen9
% \end{literalcode}
% .    It would be much more useful to have names for these registers
% indicative of way they are used.
%
% Another source whence dimen registers could be borrowed is the
% \pkg{amsmath} package, which allocates six registers for
% equation-measuring purposes.    We can reuse them under different
% names since the \pkg{amsmath} functions and our functions will
% never be used simultaneously.
% \begin{literalcode}
% \eqnshift@ \alignsep@ \tagshift@ \tagwidth@ \totwidth@ \lineht@
% \end{literalcode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newdimen\eq@dp         % Depth of last line
\newdimen\eq@wdL        % Width of the left-hand-side
\newdimen\eq@wdT        % Total width for framing
\newdimen\eq@wdMin      % Width of narrowest line in equation
\newdimen\grp@wdL       % Max width of LHS's in a group
\newdimen\grp@wdR       % Max RHS of all equations in a group
\newdimen\grp@wdT
\newdimen\eq@wdRmax
\newdimen\eq@firstht    % Height of first line
%    \end{macrocode}
% BRM: measure the condition too.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newdimen\eq@wdCond
\newdimen\eq@indentstep % Indent amount when LHS is not present
\newdimen\eq@linewidth  % Width actually used for display
\newdimen\grp@linewidth % Max eq@linewidth over a group
%    \end{macrocode}
% Maybe \cs{eq@hshift} could share the same register as
% \cs{mathindent} [mjd,1997/10/22].
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newdimen\eq@hshift
\let\eq@isIntertext\@False
%    \end{macrocode}
% Init \cs{eq@indentstep} to a nonzero value so that we can
% detect and refrain from clobbering a user setting of zero.
% And \cs{eq@sidespace} to \cs{maxdimen} because
% that is the right init before computing a min.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\eq@indentstep=\maxdimen
\newdimen\eq@given@sidespace
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macro}{\eq@overrun}
%   MH: Appears to be unused.
%
%   Not a dimen register; don't need to advance it.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@overrun{0pt}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% To initialize \cs{eqnumside} and \cs{eqindent} properly,
% we may need to grub around a bit in \cs{@filelist}.    However,
% if the \pkg{amsmath} package was used, we can use its option
% data.    More trouble: if a documentclass sends an option of
% \opt{leqno} to \pkg{amsmath} by default, and it gets
% overridden by the user with a \opt{reqno} documentclass option,
% then \pkg{amsmath} believes itself to have received
% \emph{both} options.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@ifpackagewith{amsmath}{leqno}{%
  \@ifpackagewith{amsmath}{reqno}{}{\def\eqnumside{L}}%
}{%
%    \end{macrocode}
% If the \pkg{amsmath} package was not used, the next
% method for testing the \opt{leqno} option is to see if
% \fn{leqno.clo} is present in \cs{@filelist}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \def\@tempa#1,leqno.clo,#2#3\@nil{%
    \ifx @#2\relax\else \def\eqnumside{L}\fi
  }%
  \@xp\@tempa\@filelist,leqno.clo,@\@nil
%    \end{macrocode}
% Even that test may fail in the case of \cls{amsart} if it does
% not load \pkg{amsmath}.    Then we have to look whether
% \cs{iftagsleft@} is defined, and if so whether it is true.
% This is tricky if you want to be careful about conditional nesting
% and don't want to put anything in the hash table unnecessarily.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \if L\eqnumside
  \else
    \@ifundefined{iftagsleft@}{}{%
      \edef\eqnumside{%
        \if TT\csname fi\endcsname\csname iftagsleft@\endcsname
          L\else R\fi
      }%
    }
  \fi
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% A similar sequence of tests handles the \quoted{fleqn or not fleqn}
% question for the \cls{article} and \cls{amsart}
% documentclasses.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@ifpackagewith{amsmath}{fleqn}{%
  \def\eqindent{I}%
}{%
  \def\@tempa#1,fleqn.clo,#2#3\@nil{%
    \ifx @#2\relax\else \def\eqindent{I}\fi
  }%
  \@xp\@tempa\@filelist,fleqn.clo,@\@nil
  \if I\eqindent
  \else
    \@ifundefined{if@fleqn}{}{%
      \edef\eqindent{%
        \if TT\csname fi\endcsname\csname if@fleqn\endcsname
          I\else C\fi
      }%
    }%
  \fi
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% BRM: This conditional implies we must use ALL indented or ALL centered?
%    \begin{macrocode}
%\if I\eqindent
  \@ifundefined{mathindent}{%
    \newdimen\mathindent
  }{%
    \@ifundefined{@mathmargin}{}{%
      \mathindent\@mathmargin
    }%
  }
%\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
%
%
% \section{Measuring equation components}
% Measure the left-hand side of an equation.    This
% function is called by mathrel symbols.    For the first mathrel we
% want to discourage a line break more than for following mathrels; so
% \cs{mark@lhs} gobbles the following \cs{rel@break} and
% substitutes a higher penalty.
% \begin{aside}
% Maybe the LHS should be kept in a separate box.
% \end{aside}
%
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\EQ@hasLHS}
%
% Boolean: does this equation have a \dquoted{left-hand side}?
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\EQ@hasLHS=\@False
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\EQ@QED}
%
% If nonempty: the qed material that should be incorporated into this
% equation after the final punctuation.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\EQ@QED=\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\mark@lhs}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\mark@lhs#1{%
  \ifnum\lr@level<\@ne
    \let\mark@lhs\relax
    \global\let\EQ@hasLHS=\@True
    \global\let\EQ@prebin@space\EQ@prebin@space@a
    \mark@lhs@a
%    \end{macrocode}
% But the penalty for the first mathrel should still be lower than a
% binoppenalty.    If not, when the LHS contains a binop, the split
% will occur inside the LHS rather than at the mathrel.
% On the other hand if we end up with a multline sort of equation
% layout where the RHS is very short, the break before the relation symbol
% should be made \emph{less} desirable than the breakpoints inside
% the LHS.
% Since a lower penalty takes precedence over a higher one, we start
% by putting in the highest relpenalty; during subsequent measuring if we
% find that that RHS is not excessively short then we put in an extra
% \dquoted{normal} relpenalty when rejoining the LHS and RHS.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \penalty9999 % instead of normal \rel@break
  % else no penalty = forbid break
  \fi
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\mark@lhs@a}
%
% Temporarily add an extra thickmuskip to the LHS; it will be removed
% later.    This is necessary to compensate for the disappearance of
% the thickmuskip glue preceding a mathrel if a line break is taken at
% that point.    Otherwise we would have to make our definition of
% mathrel symbols more complicated, like the one for mathbins.    The
% penalty of $2$ put in with vadjust is a flag for
% \cs{eq@repack} to suggest that the box containing this line should
% be measured to find the value of \cs{eq@wdL}.    The
% second vadjust ensures that the normal prerelpenalty and thickmuskip
% will not get lost at the line break during this preliminary pass.
%
% BRM: I originally thought the \verb"\mskip\thickmuskip" was messing
% up summation limits in LHS.  But I may have fixed that problem by
% fixing other things\ldots
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\mark@lhs@a{%
  \mskip\thickmuskip \@@vadjust{\penalty\tw@}\penalty-\@Mi\@@vadjust{}%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\hiderel}
% If you want the LHS to extend past the first mathrel symbol to a
% following one, mark the first one with \cs{hiderel}:
% \begin{literalcode}
% a \hiderel{=} b = c...
% \end{literalcode}
% .
% \begin{aside}
% I'm not sure now why I didn't use \cs{begingroup}
% \cs{endgroup} here \begin{dn}
% mjd,1999/01/21
% \end{dn}
% .
% \end{aside}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\hiderel[1]{\mathrel{\advance\lr@level\@ne#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\m@@Bin}
% \begin{macro}{\m@@Rel}
% \begin{macro}{\bin@break}
% \begin{macro}{\rel@break}
% \begin{macro}{\bin@mark}
% \begin{macro}{\rel@mark}
% \begin{macro}{\d@@Bin}
% \begin{macro}{\d@@Rel}
%
% \cf  \pkg{flexisym} handling of mathbins and mathrels.    These
% are alternate definitions of \cs{m@Bin} and \cs{m@Rel},
% activated by \cs{display@setup}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%%%%\let\m@@Bin\m@Bin
%%%%%\let\m@@Rel\m@Rel
\let\EQ@prebin@space\relax
\def\EQ@prebin@space@a{\mskip-\eq@binoffset \keep@glue \mskip\eq@binoffset}
\def\bin@break{\ifnum\lastpenalty=\z@\penalty\prebinoppenalty\fi
  \EQ@prebin@space}
\def\rel@break{%
  \ifnum\abs@num\lastpenalty <\abs@num\prerelpenalty
    \penalty\prerelpenalty
  \fi
}
\ExplSyntaxOn
%%%\def\d@@Bin{\bin@break \m@@Bin}
%%%%\def\d@@Rel{\mark@lhs \rel@break \m@@Rel}
\cs_set:Npn \math_dsym_Bin:Nn {\bin@break\math_bsym_Bin:Nn}
\cs_set:Npn \math_dsym_Rel:Nn {\mark@lhs \rel@break \math_bsym_Rel:Nn }
\ExplSyntaxOff
%    \end{macrocode}
% The difficulty of dealing properly with the subscripts and
% superscripts sometimes appended to mathbins and mathrels is one of the
% reasons that we do not attempt to handle the mathrels as a separate
% \quoted{column} a la \env{eqnarray}.
%
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\m@@symRel}
% \begin{macro}{\d@@symRel}
% \begin{macro}{\m@@symBin}
% \begin{macro}{\d@@symBin}
% \begin{macro}{\m@@symDel}
% \begin{macro}{\d@@symDel}
% \begin{macro}{\m@@symDeR}
% \begin{macro}{\d@@symDeR}
% \begin{macro}{\m@@symDeB}
% \begin{macro}{\d@@symDeB}
% \begin{macro}{\m@@symDeA}
% \begin{macro}{\d@@symDeA}
%
% More of the same.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\ExplSyntaxOn
%%\let\m@@symRel\@symRel
%%%\def\d@@symRel{\mark@lhs \rel@break \m@@symRel}

\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_dcsym_Bin:Nn {\bin@break \math_bcsym_Bin:Nn}
\cs_set_protected:Npn \math_dcsym_Rel:Nn { \mark@lhs \rel@break \math_bcsym_Rel:Nn}


%%\let\m@@symBin\@symBin \def\d@@symBin{\bin@break \m@@symBin}
%%\let\m@@symDel\@symDel
%%\let\m@@symDeR\@symDeR
%%\let\m@@symDeB\@symDeB
%%\let\m@@symDeA\@symDeA

%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\display@setup}
% \begin{macro}{\everydisplay}
% Setup.    Note that \latex  reserves the primitive
% \cs{everydisplay} under the name \cs{frozen@everydisplay}.
% BRM: Disable this! It also affects non-breqn math!!!!
%    \begin{macrocode}
%\global\everydisplay\expandafter{\the\everydisplay \display@setup}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Change some math symbol function calls.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\display@setup{%
  \medmuskip\Dmedmuskip \thickmuskip\Dthickmuskip
   \math_setup_display_symbols:
  %%\let\m@Bin\d@@Bin \let\m@Rel\d@@Rel
  %%\let\@symRel\d@@symRel \let\@symBin\d@@symBin
  %%\let\m@DeL\d@@DeL \let\m@DeR\d@@DeR \let\m@DeB\d@@DeB
  %%\let\m@DeA\d@@DeA
  %%\let\@symDeL\d@@symDeL \let\@symDeR\d@@symDeR
  %%\let\@symDeB\d@@symDeB \let\@symDeA\d@@symDeA
  \let\left\eq@left \let\right\eq@right \global\lr@level\z@
  \global\eq@wdCond\z@          %BRM: new
%    \end{macrocode}
% If we have an embedded array environment (for example), we
% don't want to have each math cell within the array resetting
% \cs{lr@level} globally to 0\mdash not good!
% And in general I think it is safe to say that whenever we have a
% subordinate level of boxing we want to revert to a normal math setup.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \everyhbox{\everyhbox\@emptytoks
    \let\display@setup\relax \textmath@setup \let\textmath@setup\relax
  }%
  \everyvbox{\everyvbox\@emptytoks
    \let\display@setup\relax \textmath@setup \let\textmath@setup\relax
  }%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% The \cs{textmath@setup} function is needed for embedded inline
% math inside text inside a display.
%
% BRM: DS Experiment: Variant of \cs{display@setup} for use within
% dseries environmnents
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\dseries@display@setup{%
  \medmuskip\Dmedmuskip \thickmuskip\Dthickmuskip
  \math_setup_display_symbols:
%%%%  \let\m@Bin\d@@Bin
%%%\let\m@Rel\d@@Rel
%%%  \let\@symRel\d@@symRel
%%% \let\@symBin\d@@symBin
%%%  \let\m@DeL\d@@DeL \let\m@DeR\d@@DeR \let\m@DeB\d@@DeB
%%%  \let\m@DeA\d@@DeA
%%%  \let\@symDeL\d@@symDeL \let\@symDeR\d@@symDeR
%%%  \let\@symDeB\d@@symDeB \let\@symDeA\d@@symDeA
  \let\left\eq@left \let\right\eq@right \global\lr@level\z@
  \everyhbox{\everyhbox\@emptytoks
    \let\display@setup\relax \textmath@setup \let\textmath@setup\relax
  }%
  \everyvbox{\everyvbox\@emptytoks
    \let\display@setup\relax \textmath@setup \let\textmath@setup\relax
  }%
 \displaystyle
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\textmath@setup{%
   \math_setup_inline_symbols:
%%%%  \let\m@Bin\m@@Bin \let\m@Rel\m@@Rel
%%%%  \let\@symRel\m@@symRel \let\@symBin\m@@symBin
%%%%  \let\m@DeL\m@@DeL \let\m@DeR\m@@DeR \let\m@DeB\m@@DeB
%%%%  \let\m@DeA\m@@DeA
%%%%  \let\@symDeL\m@@symDeL \let\@symDeR\m@@symDeR
%%%%  \let\@symDeB\m@@symDeB \let\@symDeA\m@@symDeA
  \let\left\@@left \let\right\@@right
}

\ExplSyntaxOff
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\if@display}
% \begin{macro}{\everydisplay}
% The test \cs{ifinner} is unreliable for distinguishing
% whether we are in a displayed formula or an inline formula: any display
% more complex than a simple one-line equation typically involves the use
% of \verb"$" \cs{displaystyle} \dots  \verb"$" instead of
% \dbldollars  \dots  \dbldollars .    So we provide a more reliable
% test.    But it might have been provided already by the
% \pkg{amsmath} package.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@ifundefined{@displaytrue}{%
  \@xp\newif\csname if@display\endcsname
  \everydisplay\@xp{\the\everydisplay \@displaytrue}%
}{}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{aside}
% Is there any reason to maintain separate
% \cs{everydisplay} and \cn{eqstyle}?
%
% \end{aside}
%
%
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
%
%
%
% \section{The \env{dmath} and \env{dmath*} environments}
%
% Options for the \env{dmath} and \env{dmath*}
% environments.
% \begin{literalcode}
% \begin{dmath}[label={eq:xyz}]
% \begin{dmath}[labelprefix={eq:},label={xyz}]
% \end{literalcode}
% WSPR: added the option for a label prefix, designed to be used in the preamble like so:
% \begin{literalcode}
% \setkeys{breqn}{labelprefix={eq:}}
% \end{literalcode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{breqn}{label}{%
  \edef\next@label{\noexpand\label{\next@label@pre#1}}%
  \let\next@label@pre\@empty}
\define@key{breqn}{labelprefix}{\def\next@label@pre{#1}}
\global\let\next@label\@empty
\global\let\next@label@pre\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
% Allow a variant number.
% \begin{literalcode}
% \begin{dmath}[number={\nref{foo}\textprime}]
% \end{literalcode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{breqn}{number}{\def\eq@number{#1}%
  \let\@currentlabel\eq@number
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \begin{literalcode}
% \begin{dmath}[shiftnumber]
% \begin{dmath}[holdnumber]
% \end{literalcode}
% Holding or shifting the number.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{breqn}{shiftnumber}{\let\eq@shiftnumber\@True}
\define@key{breqn}{holdnumber}{\let\eq@holdnumber\@True}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \begin{literalcode}
% \begin{dmath}[density={.5}]
% \end{literalcode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{breqn}{density}{\def\eq@density@factor{#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \begin{literalcode}
% \begin{dmath}[indentstep={1em}]
% \end{literalcode}
% To change the amount of indent for post-initial lines.    Note:
% for lines that begin with a mathbin symbol there is a fixed amount of
% indent already built in (\cs{eqbinoffset}) and it cannot be
% reduced through this option.    The indentstep amount is the indent
% used for lines that begin with a mathrel symbol.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{breqn}{indentstep}{\eqindentstep#1\relax}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \begin{literalcode}
% \begin{dmath}[compact]
% \begin{dmath}[compact=-2000]
% \end{literalcode}
% To make mathrels stay inline to the extent possible, use the compact
% option.
% Can give a numeric value in the range $-10000 \dots  10000$
% to adjust the behavior.
% $-10000$: always break at a rel symbol; $10000$: never
% break at a rel symbol.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{breqn}{compact}[-99]{\prerelpenalty=#1\relax}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \begin{literalcode}
% \begin{dmath}[layout={S}]%
% \end{literalcode}
% Specify a particular layout.
% We take care to ensure that \cs{eq@layout} ends up containing
% one and only one letter.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{breqn}{layout}[?]{%
  \edef\eq@layout{\@car#1?\@nil}%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \begin{literalcode}
% \begin{dmath}[spread={1pt}]
% \end{literalcode}
% To change the interline spacing in a particular equation.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{breqn}{spread}{%
  \addtolength\eqlinespacing{#1}%
  \addtolength\eqlineskip{#1}%
  \eqlineskiplimit\eqlineskip
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% To change the amount of space on the side for \dquoted{multline} layout.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{breqn}{sidespace}{%
  \setlength\eq@given@sidespace{#1}%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \begin{literalcode}
% \begin{dmath}[style={\small}]
% \end{literalcode}
% The \opt{style} option is mainly intended for changing the
% type size of an equation but as a matter of fact you could put arbitrary
% \latex  code here \mdash  thus the option name is \quoted{style} rather
% than just \quoted{typesize}.    In order for this option to work when
% setting options globally, we need to put the code in
% \cs{eqstyle} rather than execute it directly.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{breqn}{style}{\eqstyle\@xp{\the\eqstyle #1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \begin{literalcode}
% \begin{dmath}[shortskiplimit={1em}]
% \end{literalcode}
% If the line immediately preceeding a display has length $l$, the
% first line of the display is indented $i$, and a shortskip limit $s$
% is set, then the spacing above the display is equal to
% \cs{abovedisplayshortskip} if $l+s < i $ and \cs{abovedisplayskip}
% otherwise. The default shortskip limit is 2\,em which is what \TeX\
% hardcodes but this parameter overrides that.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{breqn}{shortskiplimit}{\def\eq@shortskiplimit{#1}}
\def\eq@shortskiplimit{2em}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{literalcode}
% \begin{dmath}[frame]
% \end{literalcode}
% The \opt{frame} option merely puts a framebox around the body
% of the equation.    To change the thickness of the frame, give the
% thickness as the argument of the option.    For greater control, you
% can change the appearance of the frame by redefining
% \cs{eqframe}.    It must be a command taking two arguments, the
% width and height of the equation body.    The top left corner of the
% box produced by \cs{eqframe} will be pinned to the top-left corner
% of the equation body.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{breqn}{frame}[\fboxrule]{\def\eq@frame{T}%
  \dim@a#1\relax\edef\eq@framewd{\the\dim@a}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Until such time as we provide a frame implementation that allows the
% frame to stretch and shrink, we'd better remove any stretch/shrink from
% the interline glue in this case.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \freeze@glue\eqlinespacing \freeze@glue\eqlineskip
}
\define@key{breqn}{fullframe}[]{\def\eq@frame{U}%
  \freeze@glue\eqlinespacing \freeze@glue\eqlineskip
}
\def\eq@frame{F} % no frame
\def\eq@framewd{\fboxrule}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Wishful thinking?
% \begin{literalcode}
% \begin{dmath}[frame={width={2pt},color={blue},sep={2pt}}]
% \end{literalcode}
% To change the space between the frame and the equation there is a
% framesep option.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{breqn}{framesep}[\fboxsep]{%
  \if\eq@frame F\def\eq@frame{T}\fi
  \dim@a#1\relax \edef\eq@framesep{\the\dim@a}%
  \freeze@glue\eqlinespacing \freeze@glue\eqlineskip
}
\def\eq@framesep{\fboxsep}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \begin{literalcode}
% \begin{dmath}[background={red}]
% \end{literalcode}
% Foreground and background colors for the equation.    By default
% the background area that is colored is the size of the equation, plus
% fboxsep.    If you need anything fancier for the background, you'd
% better do it by defining \cs{eqframe} in terms of
% \cs{colorbox} or \cs{fcolorbox}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{breqn}{background}{\def\eq@background{#1}%
  \freeze@glue\eqlinespacing \freeze@glue\eqlineskip
}
%   \end{macrocode}
% \begin{literalcode}
% \begin{dmath}[color={purple}]
% \end{literalcode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{breqn}{color}{\def\eq@foreground{#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \begin{literalcode}
% \begin{dmath}[center]
% \begin{dmath}[nocenter]
% \end{literalcode}
% The \opt{center} option means add leftskip stretch to make the
% individual lines be centered; this is the default for
% \env{dseries}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{breqn}{center}[]{\let\eq@centerlines\@True}
\define@key{breqn}{nocenter}[]{\let\eq@centerlines\@False}
\let\eq@centerlines\@False
%    \end{macrocode}
% \begin{literalcode}
% \begin{dgroup}[noalign]
% \end{literalcode}
% Equation groups normally have alignment of the primary relation
% symbols across the whole group.    The \opt{noalign} option
% switches that behavior.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{breqn}{noalign}[]{\let\grp@aligned\@False}
\let\grp@aligned\@True % default
%    \end{macrocode}
% \begin{literalcode}
% \begin{dgroup}[breakdepth={2}]
% \end{literalcode}
% Break depth of 2 means that breaks are allowed at mathbin symbols
% inside two pairs of  delimiters, but not three.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{breqn}{breakdepth}{\eqbreakdepth#1\relax}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \begin{literalcode}
% \begin{darray}[cols={lcrlcr}]
% \end{literalcode}
% The \opt{cols} option only makes sense for the
% \env{darray} environment but we liberally allow all the options to
% be used with all the environments and just ignore any unsensible ones
% that happen to come along.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{breqn}{cols}{\global\let\@preamble\@empty
  \darray@mkpream#1\@percentchar
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% FORMAT STATUS%
% \begin{verbatim}
% \def\eq@frame{T}%
% CLM works tolerably
%  \def\eqindent{C}\def\eqnumside{L}\def\eqnumplace{M}
% CLT works tolerably
%  \def\eqindent{C}\def\eqnumside{L}\def\eqnumplace{T}
% ILM
%  \def\eqindent{I}\def\eqnumside{L}\def\eqnumplace{M}\mathindent40\p@
% ILT
%  \def\eqindent{I}\def\eqnumside{L}\def\eqnumplace{T}\mathindent40\p@
% Indended w/left number
%    work ok if mathindent is larger than number width,
%    but then equations must fit into smaller space.
%    Is shiftnumber allowed to put eqn at left, instead of indent?
% CRM
%  \def\eqindent{C}\def\eqnumside{R}\def\eqnumplace{M}
% CRB
%  \def\eqindent{C}\def\eqnumside{R}\def\eqnumplace{B}
% IRM
%  \def\eqindent{I}\def\eqnumside{R}\def\eqnumplace{M}\mathindent10\p@
% IRB
%  \def\eqindent{I}\def\eqnumside{R}\def\eqnumplace{B}\mathindent10\p@
% \end{verbatim}
%
% The main environments.
%
%BRM: The following incorporates several changes:
%  1) modifications supplied by MJD to fix the eaten \cs{paragraph} problem.
%  2) Added \cs{display@setup} here, rather than globally.
%
% \begin{macro}{\@dmath@start@hook}
% \begin{macro}{\@dgroup@start@hook}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\@dmath@start@hook\@empty
\let\@dgroup@start@hook\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\dmath}
% \begin{macro}{\enddmath}
% For the \env{dmath} environment we don't want the standard
% optional arg processing because of the way it skips over whitespace,
% including newline, while looking for the \verb"[" char; which is not good
% for math material.    So we call \cs{@optarg} instead.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newenvironment{dmath}{%
 \@dmath@start@hook
 \let\eq@hasNumber\@True \@optarg\@dmath{}}{}
\def\@dmath[#1]{%
%<trace>  \breqn@debugmsg{=== DMATH ==================================================}%
  \everydisplay\expandafter{\the\everydisplay \display@setup}%
  \if@noskipsec \leavevmode \fi
  \if@inlabel \leavevmode \global\@inlabelfalse \fi
  \if\eq@group\else\eq@prelim\fi
  \setkeys{breqn}{#1}%
  \the\eqstyle
%    \end{macrocode}
% The equation number might have been overridden in \verb|#1|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \eq@setnumber
%    \end{macrocode}
% Start up the displayed equation by reading the contents into a
% box register.    Enclose this phase in an extra group so that
% modified \cs{hsize} and other params will be auto-restored
% afterwards.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \begingroup
  \eq@setup@a
  \eq@startup
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Before it finishes off the box holding the equation body,
% \cs{enddmath} needs to look ahead for punctuation (and
% \cs{qed}?).
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\enddmath#1{%
  \check@punct@or@qed
}
\def\end@dmath{%
  \gdef\EQ@setwdL{}% Occasionally undefined ???
  \eq@capture
  \endgroup
  \EQ@setwdL
%    \end{macrocode}
% Measure (a copy of) the equation body to find the minimum width
% required to get acceptable line breaks, how many lines will be required
% at that width, and whether the equation number needs to be shifted to
% avoid overlapping.    This information will then be used by
% \cs{eq@finish} to do the typesetting of the real equation body.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \eq@measure
%    \end{macrocode}
% Piece together the equation from its constituents, recognizing
% current constraints.    If we are in an equation group, this might
% just save the material on a stack for later processing.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \if\eq@group \grp@push \else \eq@finish\fi
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\dmath*}
% \begin{macro}{\enddmath*}
% Ah yes, now the lovely \env{dmath*} environment.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newenvironment{dmath*}{%
  \@dmath@start@hook
  \let\eq@hasNumber\@False \@optarg\@dmath{}%
}{}
\@namedef{end@dmath*}{\end@dmath}
\@namedef{enddmath*}#1{\check@punct@or@qed}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\eq@prelim}
% If \cs{everypar} has a non-null value, it's probably
% some code from \cs{@afterheading} that sets \cs{clubpenalty}
% and\slash or removes the parindent box.    Both of those actions
% are irrelevant and interfering for our purposes and need to be deflected
% for the time being.
% If an equation appears at the very beginning of a list item
% (possibly from a trivlist such as \env{proof}), we need to
% trigger the item label.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@prelim{%
  \if@inlabel \indent \par \fi
  \if@nobreak \global\@nobreakfalse \predisplaypenalty\@M \fi
  \everypar\@emptytoks
%    \end{macrocode}
% If for some reason \env{dmath} is called between paragraphs,
% \cn{noindent} is better than \cn{leavevmode}, which would produce
% an indent box and an empty line to hold it.    If we are in a list
% environment, \cn{par} is defined as \verb"{\@@par}" to preserve
% \cs{parshape}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \noindent
  \eq@nulldisplay
  \par %% \eq@saveparinfo %% needs work
  \let\intertext\breqn@intertext
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\breqn@parshape@warning}
% Warning message extracted to a separate function to streamline the
% calling function.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\breqn@parshape@warning{%
  \PackageWarning{breqn}{%
    Complex paragraph shape cannot be followed by this equation}%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\eq@prevshape}
% Storage; see \cs{eq@saveparinfo}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\eq@prevshape\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\eq@saveparinfo}
% Save the number of lines and parshape info for the text preceding
% the equation.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@saveparinfo{%
  \count@\prevgraf \advance\count@-\thr@@ % for the null display
  \edef\eq@prevshape{\prevgraf\the\count@\space}%
  \ifcase\parshape
    % case 0: no action required
  \or \edef\eq@prevshape{\eq@prevshape
        \parshape\@ne\displayindent\displaywidth\relax
      }%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Maybe best to set \cs{eq@prevshape} the same in the else case
% also.    Better than nothing.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \else
    \breqn@parshape@warning
  \fi
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\eq@setnumber}
% If the current equation number is not explicitly given, then
% use an auto-generated number, unless the no-number switch has been
% thrown (\env{dmath*}).
% \cs{theequation} is the number form to be used for all equations,
% \cs{eq@number} is the actual value for the current equation
% (might be an exception to the usual sequence).
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@setnumber{%
  \eq@wdNum\z@
  \if\eq@hasNumber
    \ifx\eq@number\@empty
      \stepcounter{equation}\let\eq@number\theequation
    \fi
%  \fi
%    \end{macrocode}
 % This sets up numbox, etc, even if unnumbered?????
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \ifx\eq@number\@empty
    \else
%    \end{macrocode}
% Put the number in a box so we can use its measurements in our
% number-placement calculations.    The extra braces around
% \cs{eqnumform} make it possible for \cs{eqnumfont} to have
% either an \cs{itshape} (recommended) or a \cs{textit}
% value.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<trace>      \breqn@debugmsg{Number \eq@number}%
      \set@label{equation}\eq@number
      \global\sbox\EQ@numbox{%
        \next@label \global\let\next@label\@empty
        \eqnumcolor\eqnumsize\eqnumfont{\eqnumform{\eq@number}}%
      }%
      \global\eq@wdNum\wd\EQ@numbox\global\advance\eq@wdNum\eqnumsep
%    \let\eq@hasNumber\@True % locally true
    \fi
  \fi
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\eq@finish}
% The information available at this point from preliminary
% measuring includes the number of lines required, the width of the
% equation number, the total height of the equation body, and (most
% important) the parshape spec that was used in determining height and
% number of lines.
%
% Invoke the equation formatter for the requested centering/indentation
% having worked out the best parshape.
% BRM: This portion is extensively refactored to get common operations
% together (so corrections get consistently applied).
%
% MH: I've destroyed Bruce's nice refactoring a bit to get the
% abovedisplayskips correct for both groups of equations and single
% \env{dmath} environments.  I will have to redo that later.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcount\eq@final@linecount
\let\eq@GRP@first@dmath\@True
\def\eq@finish{%
  \begingroup
%<trace>    \breqn@debugmsg{Formatting equation}%
%<trace>    \debug@showmeasurements
    \if F\eq@frame\else
      \freeze@glue\eqlinespacing \freeze@glue\eqlineskip
    \fi
%    \eq@topspace{\vskip\parskip}% Set top spacing
    \csname eq@\eqindent @setsides\endcsname % Compute \leftskip,\rightskip
    \adjust@parshape\eq@parshape% Final adjustment of parshape for left|right skips
%    \end{macrocode}
% If we are in an a group of equations we don't want to calculate the
% top space for the first one as that will be delayed until later when
% the space for the group is calculated. However, we do need to store
% the leftskip used here as that will be used later on for calculating
% the top space.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \if\eq@group
      \if\eq@GRP@first@dmath
        \global\let\eq@GRP@first@dmath\@False
        \xdef\dmath@first@leftskip{\leftskip=\the\leftskip\relax}%
%<trace> \breqn@debugmsg{Stored\space\dmath@first@leftskip}
      \else
        \eq@topspace{\vskip\parskip}% Set top spacing
      \fi
    \else
      \eq@topspace{\vskip\parskip}% Set top spacing
    \fi
%<trace>    \debug@showformat
%    \end{macrocode}
% We now know the final line count of the display. If it is a
% single-line display, we want to know as that greatly simplifies the
% equation tag placement (until such a time where this algorithm has
% been straightened out).
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \afterassignment\remove@to@nnil
    \eq@final@linecount=\expandafter\@gobble\eq@parshape\@nnil
%    \end{macrocode}
% Now, invoke the appropriate typesetter according to number placement
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \if\eq@hasNumber
      \if\eq@shiftnumber
        \csname eq@typeset@\eqnumside Shifted\endcsname
      \else
%    \end{macrocode}
% If there is only one line and the tag doesn't have to be shifted, we
% call a special procedure to put the tag correctly.
%    \begin{macrocode}
        \ifnum\eq@final@linecount=\@ne
          \csname eq@typeset@\eqnumside @single\endcsname
        \else
          \csname eq@typeset@\eqnumside\eqnumplace\endcsname
        \fi
      \fi
    \else
      \eq@typeset@Unnumbered
    \fi
  \endgroup
  \eq@botspace
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% These are temporary until the tag position algorithm gets
% rewritten. At least the tag is positioned correctly for single-line
% displays. The horizontal frame position is not correct but the
% problem lies elsewhere.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@typeset@L@single{%
  \nobreak
  \eq@params\eq@parshape
  \nointerlineskip\noindent
  \add@grp@label
  \rlap{\kern-\leftskip\box\EQ@numbox}%
  \if F\eq@frame
  \else
    \rlap{\raise\eq@firstht\hbox to\z@{\eq@addframe\hss}}%
  \fi
  \eq@dump@box\unhbox\EQ@box \@@par
}
\def\eq@typeset@R@single{%
  \nobreak
  \eq@params\eq@parshape
  \nointerlineskip\noindent
  \add@grp@label
  \if F\eq@frame
  \else
    \rlap{\raise\eq@firstht\hbox to\z@{\eq@addframe\hss}}%
  \fi
  \rlap{\kern-\leftskip\kern\linewidth\kern-\wd\EQ@numbox\copy\EQ@numbox}%
  \eq@dump@box\unhbox\EQ@box
  \@@par
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
%
% \section{Special processing for end-of-equation}
%
% At the end of a displayed equation environment we need to peek ahead
% for two things: following punction such as period or command that
% should be pulled in for inclusion at the end of the equation; and
% possibly also an \verb"\end{proof}" with an implied \dquoted{qed}
% symbol that is traditionally included at the end of the display rather
% than typeset on a separate line.
% We could require that the users type \cs{qed} explicitly at the
% end of the display when they want to have the display take notice of it.
% But the reason for doing that would only be to save work for the
% programmer; the most natural document markup would allow an inline
% equation and a displayed equation at the end of a proof to differ only
% in the environment name:
% \begin{literalcode}
% ... \begin{math} ... \end{math}.
% \end{proof}
% \end{literalcode}
% versus
% \begin{literalcode}
% ...
% \begin{dmath}
%  ...
% \end{dmath}.
% \end{proof}
% \end{literalcode}
% .
% The technical difficulties involved in supporting this markup within
% \latex2e  are, admittedly, nontrivial.
% Nonetheless, let's see how far we can go.
%
%
% The variations that we will support are only the most
% straightforward ones:
% \begin{literalcode}
% \end{dmath}.
% \end{proof}
% \end{literalcode}
% or
% \begin{literalcode}
% \end{dmath}.
% Perhaps a comment
% \end{proof}
% \end{literalcode}
% .
% If there is anything more complicated than a space after the
% period we will not attempt to scan any further for a possible
% \verb"\end{proof}".
% This includes material such as:
% \begin{literalcode}
% \begin{figure}...\end{figure}%
% \footnote{...}
% \renewcommand{\foo}{...}
% \par
% \end{literalcode}
% or even a blank line\mdash because in \latex  a blank line is
% equivalent to \cs{par} and the meaning of \cs{par} is
% \dquoted{end-paragraph}; in my opinion if explicit end-of-paragraph
% markup is given before the end of an element, it has to be respected,
% and the preceding paragraph has to be fully finished off before
% proceeding further, even inside an element like \dquoted{proof} whose
% end-element formatting requires integration with the end of the
% paragraph text.
% And \tex nically speaking, a \cs{par} token that comes from a
% blank line and one that comes from the sequence of characters
% \verb"\" \verb"p" \verb"a" \verb"r" are equally explicit.
% I hope to add support for \cs{footnote} in the future, as it
% seems to be a legitimate markup possibility in that context from a
% purely logical point of view, but there are additional technical
% complications if one wants to handle it in full generality
% \begin{dn}
% mjd,1999/02/08
% \end{dn}
% .
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\peek@branch}
% This is a generalized \dquoted{look at next token and choose some action
% based on it} function.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\peek@branch#1#2{%
  \let\peek@b#1\let\peek@space#2\futurelet\@let@token\peek@a
}
\def\peek@skipping@spaces#1{\peek@branch#1\peek@skip@space}
\def\peek@a{%
  \ifx\@let@token\@sptoken \expandafter\peek@space
  \else \expandafter\peek@b\fi
}
\lowercase{\def\peek@skip@space} {\futurelet\@let@token\peek@a}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\check@punct}
%   \changes{v0.96a}{2007/12/17}{Insert \cs{finish@end} if no special
%     case is found.}
% For this one we need to recognize and grab for inclusion any of the
% following tokens: \verb",;.!?", both catcode 12 (standard \latex
% value) and catcode 13 (as might hold when the Babel package is
% being used).
% We do not support a space preceding the punctuation since that would
% be considered simply invalid markup if a display-math environment were
% demoted to in-line math; and we want to keep their markup as parallel as
% possible.
% If punctuation does not follow, then the \cs{check@qed} branch
% is not applicable.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\check@punct{\futurelet\@let@token\check@punct@a}
\def\check@punct@a{%
  \edef\@tempa{%
    \ifx\@let@token\@sptoken\@nx\finish@end
    \else\ifx\@let@token ,\@nx\check@qed
    \else\ifx\@let@token .\@nx\check@qed
    \else\check@punct@b % check the less common possibilities
    \fi\fi\fi
  }%
  \@tempa
}
\begingroup
\toks@a{%
  \ifx\@let@token ;\@nx\check@qed
  \else\ifx\@let@token ?\@nx\check@qed
  \else\ifx\@let@token !\@nx\check@qed
}
\toks@c{\fi\fi\fi}% matching with \toks@a
\catcode`\.=\active \catcode`\,=\active \catcode`\;=\active
\catcode`\?=\active \catcode`\!=\active
\toks@b{%
  \else\ifx\@let@token ,\@nx\check@qed
  \else\ifx\@let@token .\@nx\check@qed
  \else\ifx\@let@token ;\@nx\check@qed
  \else\ifx\@let@token ?\@nx\check@qed
  \else\ifx\@let@token !\@nx\check@qed
  \else\@nx\finish@end
  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
}
\xdef\check@punct@b{%
  \the\toks@a\the\toks@b\the\toks@c
}
\endgroup
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\found@punct\@empty
\def\check@qed#1{%
  \gdef\found@punct{#1}%
  \peek@skipping@spaces\check@qed@a
}
\def\check@qed@a{%
  \ifx\end\@let@token \@xp\check@qed@b
  \else \@xp\finish@end
  \fi
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% For each environment ENV that takes an implied qed at the end, the
% control sequence ENVqed must be defined; and it must include suitable
% code to yield the desired results in a displayed equation.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\check@qed@b#1#2{%
  \@ifundefined{#2qed}{}{%
    \toks@\@xp{\found@punct\csname#2qed\endcsname}%
    \xdef\found@punct{\the\toks@}%
  }%
  \finish@end
  \end{#2}%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\latex@end}
% \begin{macro}{\finish@end}
% The lookahead for punctuation following a display requires
% mucking about with the normal operation of \cn{end}.    Although
% this is not exactly something to be done lightly, on the other hand this
% whole package is so over-the-top anyway, what's a little more
% going to hurt?    And rationalizing this aspect of
% equation markup is a worthy cause.    Here is the usual
% definition of \cs{end}.
% \begin{literalcode}
% \def\end#1{
%   \csname end#1\endcsname \@checkend{#1}%
%   \expandafter\endgroup\if@endpe\@doendpe\fi
%   \if@ignore \global\@ignorefalse \ignorespaces \fi
% }
% \end{literalcode}
% We can improve the chances of this code surviving through future
% minor changes in the fundamental definition of \cs{end} by taking a
% little care in saving the original meaning.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@tempa#1\endcsname#2\@nil{\def\latex@end##1{#2}}
\ifcsname end \endcsname
  % 2019: \end was made robust
  \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@tempa\csname end \endcsname{#1}\@nil
  \@namedef{end }#1{\csname end#1\endcsname \latex@end{#1}}%
\else
  % pre-2019: the old approach
  \expandafter\@tempa\end{#1}\@nil
  \def\end#1{\csname end#1\endcsname \latex@end{#1}}%
\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% Why don't we call \cs{CheckCommand} here?    Because that
% doesn't help end users much; it works better to use it during package
% testing by the maintainer.
%
%
% If a particular environment needs to call a different end action, the
% end command of the environment should be defined to gobble two args and
% then call a function like \cs{check@punct@or@qed}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\check@punct@or@qed#1{%
  \xdef\found@punct{\@empty}% BRM: punctuation was being remembered past this eqn.
  % WSPR: err, why isn't that just \global\let\found@punct\@empty ?
  \def\finish@end{\csname end@#1\endcsname\latex@end{#1}}%
  \check@punct
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\eqpunct}
% User-settable function for handling
% the punctuation at the end of an equation.    You could, for example,
% define it to just discard the punctuation.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\eqpunct[1]{\thinspace#1}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\set@label}
% \cs{set@label} just sets \cs{@currentlabel} but it
% takes the counter as an argument, in the hope that \latex  will some
% day provide an improved labeling system that includes type info on the
% labels.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\providecommand\set@label[2]{\protected@edef\@currentlabel{#2}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\eq@topspace}
% \begin{macro}{\eq@botspace}
% The action of \cs{eq@topspace} is complicated by the
% need to test whether the \quoted{short} versions of the display skips
% should be used.    This can be done only after the final parshape
% and indent have been determined, so the calls of this function are
% buried relatively deeply in the code by comparison to the calls of
% \cs{eq@botspace}.    This also allows us to optimize
% slightly by setting the above-skip with \cs{parskip} instead of
% \cs{vskip}.    \verb|#1|  is either \cs{noindent} or
% \verb"\vskip\parskip".
%
% BRM: Hmm; we need to do *@setspace BEFORE this for small skips to work!
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@topspace#1{%
  \begingroup
    \global\let\EQ@shortskips\@False
%    \end{macrocode}
% If we are in \env{dgroup} or \env{dgroup*} and not before the top
% one, we just insert \cs{intereqskip}. Otherwise we must check for
% shortskip.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \if\@And{\eq@group}{\@Not\eq@GRP@first@dmath}%
%<trace>\breqn@debugmsg{Between lines}%
        \parskip\intereqskip \penalty\intereqpenalty
%<trace>\breqn@debugmsg{parskip=\the\parskip}%
    \else
      \eq@check@shortskip
      \if\EQ@shortskips
        \parskip\abovedisplayshortskip
        \aftergroup\belowdisplayskip\aftergroup\belowdisplayshortskip
%    \end{macrocode}
% BRM: Not exactly \TeX's approach, but seems right\ldots
%    \begin{macrocode}
        \ifdim\predisplaysize>\z@\nointerlineskip\fi
      \else
        \parskip\abovedisplayskip
      \fi
    \fi
    \if F\eq@frame
    \else
      \addtolength\parskip{\eq@framesep+\eq@framewd}%
    \fi
%<*trace>
    \breqn@debugmsg{Topspace: \theb@@le\EQ@shortskips, \parskip=\the\parskip,
      \predisplaysize=\the\predisplaysize}%
%</trace>
    #1%
  \endgroup
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\eq@check@shortskip}
%   \changes{v0.96a}{2007/12/17}{Insert \cs{finish@end} if no special
%     case is found.}
%   \changes{v0.97a}{2007/12/22}{Use design parameter and fix
%   shortskips properly.}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@check@shortskip {%
  \global\let\EQ@shortskips\@False
  \setlength\dim@a{\abovedisplayskip+\ht\EQ@numbox}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Here we work around the hardwired standard TeX value and use the
% designer parameter instead.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \ifdim\leftskip<\predisplaysize
  \else
%    \end{macrocode}
% If the display was preceeded by a blank line, \cs{predisplaysize} is
% $-\cs{maxdimen}$ and so we should insert a fairly large skip to
% separate paragraphs, i.e., no short skip. Perhaps this should be a
% third parameter \cs{abovedisplayparskip}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \ifdim -\maxdimen=\predisplaysize
    \else
      \if R\eqnumside
        \global\let\EQ@shortskips\@True
      \else
        \if\eq@shiftnumber
        \else
          \if T\eqnumplace
            \ifdim\dim@a<\eq@firstht
              \global\let\EQ@shortskips\@True
            \fi
          \else
            \setlength\dim@b{\eq@vspan/2}%
            \ifdim\dim@a<\dim@b
              \global\let\EQ@shortskips\@True
            \fi
          \fi
        \fi
      \fi
    \fi
  \fi
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% At the end of an equation, need to put in a pagebreak penalty
% and some vertical space.    Also set some flags to remove parindent
% and extra word space if the current paragraph text continues without an
% intervening \cs{par}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@botspace{%
  \penalty\postdisplaypenalty
%    \end{macrocode}
% Earlier calculations will have set \cs{belowdisplayskip} locally
% to \cs{belowdisplayshortskip} if applicable.    So we can just use
% it here.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \if F\eq@frame
  \else
    \addtolength\belowdisplayskip{\eq@framesep+\eq@framewd}%
  \fi
  \vskip\belowdisplayskip
  \@endpetrue % kill parindent if current paragraph continues
  \global\@ignoretrue % ignore following spaces
  \eq@resume@parshape
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\eq@resume@parshape}
% This should calculate the total height of the equation,
% including space above and below, and set prevgraf to the number it would
% be if that height were taken up by normally-spaced normal-height
% lines.    We also need to restore parshape if it had a non-null
% value before the equation.    Not implemented yet.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@resume@parshape{}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \section{Preprocessing the equation body}
% \begin{macro}{\eq@startup}
% Here is the function that initially collects the equation
% material in a box.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@startup{%
  \global\let\EQ@hasLHS\@False
  \setbox\z@\vbox\bgroup
    \noindent \@@math \displaystyle
    \penalty-\@Mi
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% This setup defines the environment for the first typesetting
% pass, note the \cs{hsize} value for example.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@setup@a{%
  \everymath\everydisplay
  %\let\@newline\eq@newline % future possibility?
  \let\\\eq@newline
  \let\insert\eq@insert \let\mark\eq@mark \let\vadjust\eq@vadjust
  \hsize\maxdimen \pretolerance\@M
%    \end{macrocode}
% Here it is better not to use \cs{@flushglue} (0pt
% plus1fil) for \cs{rightskip}, or else a negative penalty
% (such as $-99$ for \cs{prerelpenalty}) will tempt
% \tex  to use more line breaks than necessary in the first typesetting
% pass.    Ideal values for \cs{rightskip} and
% \cs{linepenalty} are unclear to me, but they are rather sensitively
% interdependent.    Choice of 10000 pt for rightskip is derived by
% saying, let's use a value smaller than 1 fil and smaller than
% \cs{hsize}, but more than half of \cs{hsize} so that if a line
% is nearly empty, the glue stretch factor will always be less than 2.0
% and so the badness will be less than 100 and so \tex  will not issue
% badness warnings.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \linepenalty\@m
  \rightskip\z@\@plus\@M\p@ \leftskip\z@skip \parfillskip\z@skip
  \clubpenalty\@ne \widowpenalty\z@ \interlinepenalty\z@
%    \end{macrocode}
% After a relation symbol is discovered, binop symbols should start
% including a special offset space.
% But until then \cs{EQ@prebin@space} is a no-op.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \global\let\EQ@prebin@space\relax
%    \end{macrocode}
% Set binoppenalty and relpenalty high to prohibit line breaks
% after mathbins and mathrels.    As a matter of fact, the penalties are
% then omitted by \tex , since bare glue without a penalty is
% \emph{not} a valid breakpoint if it occurs within
% mathon\ndash mathoff items.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \binoppenalty\@M \relpenalty\@M
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{figure}
%   \centering
% The contents of an equation after the initial typesetting pass,
% as shown by \cs{showlists}.    This is the material on which the
% \cs{eq@repack} function operates.    The equation was
% \begin{literalcode}
% a=b +\left(\frac{c\sp 2}{2} -d\right) +(e -f) +g
% \end{literalcode}
% .    The contents are shown in four parts in this figure and the next
% three.    The first part contains two line boxes, one for the mathon
% node and one for the LHS.
% \begin{literalcode}
% \hbox(0.0+0.0)x16383.99998, glue set 1.6384
% .\mathon
% .\penalty -10000
% .\glue(\rightskip) 0.0 plus 10000.0
% \penalty 1
% \glue(\baselineskip) 7.69446
% \hbox(4.30554+0.0)x16383.99998, glue set 1.63759
% .\OML/cmm/m/it/10 a
% .\glue 2.77771 minus 1.11108
% .\penalty -10001
% .\glue(\rightskip) 0.0 plus 10000.0
% \penalty 2
% \glue(\lineskip) 1.0
% ...
% \end{literalcode}
%   \caption{Preliminary equation contents, part 1}
% \end{figure}
% \begin{figure}\centering
% This is the first part of the RHS, up to the
% \cs{right}, where a line break has been forced so that we can break
% open the left-right box.
% \begin{literalcode}
% ...
% \penalty 2
% \glue(\lineskip) 1.0
% \hbox(14.9051+9.50012)x16383.99998, glue set 1.63107
% .\penalty -99
% .\glue(\thickmuskip) 2.77771 minus 1.11108
% .\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 =
% .\glue(\thickmuskip) 2.77771 minus 1.11108
% .\OML/cmm/m/it/10 b
% .\penalty 888
% .\glue -10.5553
% .\rule(*+*)x0.0
% .\penalty 10000
% .\glue 10.5553
% .\glue(\medmuskip) 2.22217 minus 1.66663
% .\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 +
% .\glue(\medmuskip) 2.22217 minus 1.66663
% .\hbox(14.9051+9.50012)x43.36298
% ..\hbox(0.39998+23.60025)x7.36115, shifted -14.10013
% ...\OMX/cmex/m/n/5 \hat \hat R
% ..\hbox(14.9051+6.85951)x11.21368
% ...\hbox(14.9051+6.85951)x11.21368
%   ... [fraction contents, elided]
% ..\penalty 5332
% ..\glue -10.5553
% ..\rule(*+*)x0.0
% ..\penalty 10000
% ..\glue 10.5553
% ..\glue(\medmuskip) 2.22217 minus 1.66663
% ..\OMS/cmsy/m/n/10 \hat \hat @
% ..\glue(\medmuskip) 2.22217 minus 1.66663
% ..\OML/cmm/m/it/10 d
% ..\hbox(0.39998+23.60025)x7.36115, shifted -14.10013
% ...\OMX/cmex/m/n/5 \hat \hat S
% .\penalty -10000
% .\glue(\rightskip) 0.0 plus 10000.0
% \penalty 3
% \glue(\lineskip) 1.0
% ...
% \end{literalcode}
% \caption{Preliminary equation contents, part 2}
% \end{figure}
%
% \begin{figure}
%   \centering
% This is the remainder of the RHS after the post-\cs{right}
% split.
% \begin{literalcode}
% ...
% \penalty 3
% \glue(\lineskip) 1.0
% \hbox(7.5+2.5)x16383.99998, glue set 1.63239
% .\penalty 888
% .\glue -10.5553
% .\rule(*+*)x0.0
% .\penalty 10000
% .\glue 10.5553
% .\glue(\medmuskip) 2.22217 minus 1.66663
% .\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 +
% .\glue(\medmuskip) 2.22217 minus 1.66663
% .\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 (
% .\OML/cmm/m/it/10 e
% .\penalty 5332
% .\glue -10.5553
% .\rule(*+*)x0.0
% .\penalty 10000
% .\glue 10.5553
% .\glue(\medmuskip) 2.22217 minus 1.66663
% .\OMS/cmsy/m/n/10 \hat \hat @
% .\glue(\medmuskip) 2.22217 minus 1.66663
% .\OML/cmm/m/it/10 f
% .\kern1.0764
% .\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 )
% .\penalty 888
% .\glue -10.5553
% .\rule(*+*)x0.0
% .\penalty 10000
% .\glue 10.5553
% .\glue(\medmuskip) 2.22217 minus 1.66663
% .\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 +
% .\glue(\medmuskip) 2.22217 minus 1.66663
% .\OML/cmm/m/it/10 g
% .\kern0.35878
% .\penalty -10000
% .\glue(\rightskip) 0.0 plus 10000.0
% \glue(\baselineskip) 9.5
% ...
% \end{literalcode}
% \caption{Preliminary equation contents, part 3}
% \end{figure}
%
% \begin{figure}
%   \centering
% This is the mathoff fragment.
% \begin{literalcode}
% ...
% \glue(\baselineskip) 9.5
% \hbox(0.0+0.0)x16383.99998, glue set 1.6384
% .\mathoff
% .\penalty 10000
% .\glue(\parfillskip) 0.0
% .\glue(\rightskip) 0.0 plus 10000.0
% \end{literalcode}
% \caption{Preliminary equation contents, part 4}
% \end{figure}
%
% \begin{macro}{\eq@capture}
% \begin{macro}{\eq@punct}
% If an equation ends with a \cs{right} delim, the last thing
% on the math list will be a force-break penalty.    Then don't
% redundantly add another forcing penalty.    (question: when does a
% penalty after a linebreak not disappear?    Answer: when you have
% two forced break penalties in a row).    Ending punctuation, if
% any, goes into the last box with the mathoff kern.    If the math list
% ends with a slanted letter, then there will be an italic correction
% added after it by \tex .    Should we remove it?    I guess
% so.
%
%
% \subsection{Capturing the equation}
%
% BRM: There's a problem here (or with \cs{ss@scan}).  If the LHS has
% \cs{left} \cs{right} pairs, \ss@scan gets involved.  It seems to produce
% a separate box marked w/\cs{penalty} 3.  But it appears that \cs{eq@repack}
% is only expecting a single box for the LHS; when it measures that
% box it's missing the (typically larger) bracketted section,
% so the LHS is measured => 0pt (or very small).
%  I'm not entirely clear what Michael had in mind for this case;
% whether it's an oversight, or whether I've introduced some other bug.
% At any rate, my solution is to measure the RHS (accumulated in \cs{EQ@box}),
% at the time of the relation, and subtract that from the total size.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newdimen\eq@wdR\eq@wdR\z@%BRM
\def\eq@capture{%
  \ifnum\lastpenalty>-\@M \penalty-\@Mi \fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% We want to keep the mathoff kern from vanishing at the line break,
% so that we can reuse it later.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \keep@glue\@@endmath
  \eq@addpunct
  \@@par
  \eq@wdL\z@
%    \end{macrocode}
% First snip the last box, which contains the mathoff node, and put it
% into \cs{EQ@box}.    Then when we call \cs{eq@repack} it
% will recurse properly.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \setbox\tw@\lastbox
  \global\setbox\EQ@box\hbox{\unhbox\tw@\unskip\unskip\unpenalty}%
  \unskip\unpenalty
  \global\setbox\EQ@copy\copy\EQ@box
%%  \global\setbox\EQ@vimcopy\copy\EQ@vimbox
  \clubpenalty\z@
%\batchmode\showboxbreadth\maxdimen\showboxdepth99\showlists\errorstopmode
  \eq@wdR\z@%BRM: eq@wdL patch
  \eq@repack % recursive
%    \end{macrocode}
% Finally, add the mathon item to \cs{EQ@box} and \cs{EQ@copy}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \setbox\tw@\lastbox
  \global\setbox\EQ@box\hbox{\unhcopy\tw@\unskip\unpenalty \unhbox\EQ@box}%
  \global\setbox\EQ@copy\hbox{\unhbox\tw@\unskip\unpenalty \unhbox\EQ@copy}%
%\batchmode\showbox\EQ@copy \showthe\eq@wdL\errorstopmode
  \ifdim\eq@wdR>\z@% BRM:  eq@wdL patch
    \setlength\dim@a{\wd\EQ@box-\eq@wdR
    % Apparently missing a \thickmuskip = 5mu = 5/18em=0.27777777777.. ?
       + 0.2777777777777em}% FUDGE??!?!?!
    \ifdim\dim@a>\eq@wdL
%<*trace>
      \breqn@debugmsg{Correcting LHS from \the\eq@wdL\space to
                \the\dim@a = \the\wd\EQ@box - \the\eq@wdR}%
%</trace>
      \eq@wdL\dim@a
      \xdef\EQ@setwdL{\eq@wdL\the\eq@wdL\relax}%
    \fi
  \fi
%<*trace>
  \breqn@debugmsg{Capture: total length=\the\wd\EQ@box \MessageBreak
           ==== has LHS=\theb@@le\EQ@hasLHS, \eq@wdL=\the\eq@wdL, \eq@wdR=\the\eq@wdR,
           \MessageBreak
           ==== \eq@wdCond=\the\eq@wdCond}%
%</trace>
  \egroup % end vbox started earlier
%<*trace>
%\debugwr{EQ@box}\debug@box\EQ@box
%\debugwr{EQ@copy}\debug@box\EQ@copy
%</trace>
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Now we have two copies of the equation, one in \cs{EQ@box},
% and one in \cs{EQ@copy} with inconvenient stuff like inserts and
% marks omitted.
%
% \cs{eq@addpunct} is for tacking on text punctuation at the end
% of a display, if any was captured by the \quoted{gp} lookahead.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@addpunct{%
  \ifx\found@punct\@empty
  \else \eqpunct{\found@punct}%
  \fi
  % BRM: Added; the punctuation kept  getting carried to following environs
  \xdef\found@punct{\@empty}%
  \EQ@afterspace
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Needed for the \env{dseries} environment, among other things.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\global\let\EQ@afterspace\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\eq@repack}
% The \cs{eq@repack} function looks at the information at hand
% and proceeds accordingly.
%
% TeX Note: this scans BACKWARDS from the end of the math.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@repack{%
% A previous penalty of 3 on the vertical list means that we need
% to break open a left-right box.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \ifcase\lastpenalty
     % case 0: normal case
    \setbox\tw@\lastbox
    \eq@repacka\EQ@copy \eq@repacka\EQ@box
    \unskip
  \or % case 1: finished recursing
%    \end{macrocode}
% Grab the mathon object since we need it to inhibit line breaking at
% bare glue nodes later.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \unpenalty
    \setbox\tw@\lastbox
    \eq@repacka\EQ@copy \eq@repacka\EQ@box
    \@xp\@gobble
  \or % case 2: save box width = LHS width
%    \end{macrocode}
% Don't need to set \cs{EQ@hasLHS} here because it was set earlier
% if applicable.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \unpenalty
    \setbox\tw@\lastbox
    \setbox\z@\copy\tw@ \setbox\z@\hbox{\unhbox\z@\unskip\unpenalty}%
    \addtolength\eq@wdL{\wd\z@}
    \setlength\eq@wdR{\wd\EQ@box}% BRM:  eq@wdL patch
    \xdef\EQ@setwdL{\eq@wdL\the\eq@wdL\relax}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% At this point, box 2 typically ends with
% \begin{literalcode}
% .\mi10 a
% .\glue 2.77771 plus 2.77771
% .\penalty -10001
% .\glue(\rightskip) 0.0 plus 10000.0
% \end{literalcode}
% and we want to ensure that the thickmuskip glue gets removed.
% And we now arrange for \cs{EQ@copy} and \cs{EQ@box} to
% keep the LHS in a separate subbox; this is so that we can introduce a
% different penalty before the first relation symbol if necessary,
% depending on the layout decisions that are made later.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \global\setbox\EQ@copy\hbox{%
      \hbox{\unhcopy\tw@\unskip\unpenalty\unskip}%
      \box\EQ@copy
    }%
    \global\setbox\EQ@box\hbox{%
      \hbox{\unhbox\tw@\unskip\unpenalty\unskip}%
      \box\EQ@box
    }%
    \unskip
  \or % case 3: unpack left-right box
    \unpenalty
    \eq@lrunpack
  \else
    \breqn@repack@err
  \fi
  \eq@repack % RECURSE
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Error message extracted to streamline calling function.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\breqn@repack@err{%
  \PackageError{breqn}{eq@repack penalty neq 0,1,2,3}\relax
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\eq@repacka}
% We need to transfer each line into two separate boxes, one
% containing everything and one that omits stuff like \cs{insert}s
% that would interfere with measuring.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@repacka#1{%
  \global\setbox#1\hbox{\unhcopy\tw@ \unskip
    \count@-\lastpenalty
    \ifnum\count@<\@M \else \advance\count@-\@M \fi
    \unpenalty
%    \end{macrocode}
% If creating the measure copy, ignore all cases above case 3 by
% folding them into case 1.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \ifx\EQ@copy#1\ifnum\count@>\thr@@ \count@\@ne\fi\fi
    \ifcase\count@
        % case 0, normal line break
      \penalty-\@M % put back the linebreak penalty
    \or % case 1, do nothing (end of equation)
      \relax
    \or % case 2, no-op (obsolete case)
    \or % case 3, transfer vspace and/or penalty
      \ifx#1\EQ@box \eq@revspace \else \eq@revspaceb \fi
    \or % case 4, put back an insert
      \eq@reinsert
    \or % case 5, put back a mark
      \eq@remark
    \or % case 6, put back a vadjust
      \eq@readjust
    \else % some other break penalty
      \penalty-\count@
    \fi
    \unhbox#1}%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\eq@nulldisplay}
% Throw in a null display in order to get predisplaysize \etc .
% My original approach here was to start the null display, then measure
% the equation, and set a phantom of the equation's first line before
% ending the null display.    That would allow finding out if \tex  used
% the short displayskips instead of the normal ones.    But because of
% some complications with grouping and the desirability of omitting
% unnecessary invisible material on the vertical list, it seems better to
% just collect information about the display (getting \cs{prevdepth}
% requires \cs{halign}) and manually perform our own version of
% \TeX's shortskip calculations.    This approach also gives greater
% control, \eg , the threshold amount of horizontal space between
% predisplaysize and the equation's left edge that determines when the
% short skips kick in becomes a designer-settable parameter rather than
% hardwired into \TeX .
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@nulldisplay{%
  \begingroup \frozen@everydisplay\@emptytoks
  \@@display
  \predisplaypenalty\@M \postdisplaypenalty\@M
  \abovedisplayskip\z@skip \abovedisplayshortskip\z@skip
  \belowdisplayskip\z@skip \belowdisplayshortskip\z@skip
  \xdef\EQ@displayinfo{%
    \prevgraf\the\prevgraf \predisplaysize\the\predisplaysize
    \displaywidth\the\displaywidth \displayindent\the\displayindent
    \listwidth\the\linewidth
%    \end{macrocode}
% Not sure how best to test whether leftmargin should be
% added.    Let's do this for now [mjd,1997/10/08].
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \ifdim\displayindent>\z@
      \advance\listwidth\the\leftmargin
      \advance\listwidth\the\rightmargin
    \fi
    \relax}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% An \cs{halign} containing only one \cs{cr} (for the
% preamble) puts no box on the vertical list, which means that no
% \cs{baselineskip} will be added (so we didn't need to set it to
% zero) and the previous value of prevdepth carries through.    Those
% properties do not hold for an empty simple equation without
% \cs{halign}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \halign{##\cr}%
  \@@enddisplay
  \par
  \endgroup
  \EQ@displayinfo
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\eq@newline}
% \begin{macro}{\eq@newlinea}
% \begin{macro}{\eq@newlineb}
% Here we use \cs{@ifnext} so that in a sequence like
% \begin{literalcode}
% ...\\
% [a,b]
% \end{literalcode}
% \latex  does not attempt to interpret the \verb"[a,b]" as a
% vertical space amount.    We would have used \cs{eq@break} in the
% definition of \cs{eq@newlineb} except that it puts in a
% \cs{keep@glue} object which is not such a good idea if a mathbin
% symbol follows \mdash  the indent of the mathbin will be wrong because
% the leading negative glue will not disappear as it should at the line
% break.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@newline{%
  \@ifstar{\eq@newlinea\@M}{\eq@newlinea\eqinterlinepenalty}}
\def\eq@newlinea#1{%
  \@ifnext[{\eq@newlineb{#1}}{\eq@newlineb{#1}[\maxdimen]}}
\def\eq@newlineb#1[#2]{\penalty-\@M}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\eq@revspace}
% \begin{macro}{\eq@revspaceb}
% When \cs{eq@revspace} (re-vspace) is called, we are the
% end of an equation line; we need to remove the existing penalty of
% $-10002$ in order to put a vadjust object in front of it, then put
% back the penalty so that the line break will still take place in the
% final result.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@revspace{%
  \global\setbox\EQ@vimbox\vbox{\unvbox\EQ@vimbox
    \unpenalty
    \global\setbox\@ne\lastbox}%
  \@@vadjust{\unvbox\@ne}%
  \penalty-\@M
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% The b version is used for the \cs{EQ@copy} box.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@revspaceb{%
  \global\setbox\EQ@vimcopy\vbox{\unvbox\EQ@vimcopy
    \unpenalty
    \global\setbox\@ne\lastbox}%
  \@@vadjust{\unvbox\@ne}%
  \penalty-\@M
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\eq@break}
% The function \cs{eq@break} does a preliminary linebreak with
% a flag penalty.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@break#1{\penalty-1000#1 \keep@glue}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
%
%
% \section{Choosing optimal line breaks}
% The question of what line width to use when breaking an
% equation into several lines is best examined in the light of an extreme
% example.    Suppose we have a two-column layout and a displayed
% equation falls inside a second-level list with nonzero leftmargin and
% rightmargin.    Then we want to try in succession a number of
% different possibilities.    In each case if the next possibility is
% no wider than the previous one, skip ahead to the one after.
% \begin{enumerate}
% \item First try linewidth(2), the linewidth for the current
% level-2 list.
%
%
% \item If we cannot find adequate linebreaks at that width, next try
% listwidth(2), the sum of leftmargin, linewidth, and rightmargin for
% the current list.
%
%
% \item If we cannot find linebreaks at that width, next try linewidth
% (1) (skipping this step if it is no larger then
% listwidth(2)).
%
%
% \item If we cannot find linebreaks at that width, next try
% listwidth(1).
%
%
% \item If we cannot find linebreaks at that width, next try column
% width.
%
%
% \item If we cannot find linebreaks at that width, next try text
% width.
%
%
% \item If we cannot find linebreaks at that width, next try equation
% width, if it exceeds text width (\ie , if the style allows equations
% to extend into the margins).
%
%
% \end{enumerate}
%
%
% \begin{figure}
%   \centering
%   needs work
% \caption{first-approximation parshape for equations}\label{f:parshape-1}
% \end{figure}
%
% At any given line width, we run through a series of parshape
% trials and, essentially, use the first one that gives decent line
% breaks.
% But the process is a bit more complicated in fact.
% In order to do a really good job of setting up the parshapes, we
% need to know how many lines the equation will require.
% And of course the number of lines needed depends on the parshape!
% So as our very first trial we run a simple first-approximation
% parshape (Figure~\vref{f:parshape-1}) whose
% main purpose is to get an estimate on the number of lines that will be
% needed; it chooses a uniform indent for all lines after the first one
% and does not take any account of the equation number.
% A substantial majority of equations only require one line anyway,
% and for them this first trial will succeed.
% In the one-line case if there is an equation number and it doesn't
% fit on the same line as the equation body, we don't go on to other
% trials because breaking up the equation body will not gain us
% anything\mdash we know that we'll have to use two lines in any case
% \mdash  so we might as well keep the equation body together on one line
% and shift the number to a separate line.
%
% If we learn from the first trial that the equation body
% requires more than one line, the next parshape trial involves adjusting
% the previous parshape to leave room for the equation number, if
% present.    If no number is present, again no further trials are
% needed.
%
% Some remarks about parshape handling.    The \tex
% primitive doesn't store the line specs anywhere, \verb"\the\parshape"
% only returns the number of line specs.    This makes it well nigh
% impossible for different packages that use \cs{parshape} to work
% together.    Not that it would be terribly easy for the package
% authors to make inter-package collaboration work, if it were
% possible.    If we optimistically conjecture that
% someone some day may take on such a task, then the thing to do,
% obviously, is provide a parshape interface that includes a record of all
% the line specs.    For that we designate a macro \cs{@parshape}
% which includes not only the line specs, but also the line count and even
% the leading \cs{parshape} token.
% This allows it to be directly executed without an auxiliary if-empty
% test.    It should include a trailing \cs{relax} when it has a
% nonempty value.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\@parshape\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
% The function \cs{eq@measure} runs line-breaking trials
% on the copy of the equation body that is stored in the box register
% \cs{EQ@copy}, trying various possible layouts in order of
% preference until we get successful line breaks, where \quoted{successful}
% means there were no overfull lines.    The result of the trials is,
% first, a parshape spec that can be used for typesetting the real
% equation body in \cs{EQ@box}, and second, some information that
% depends on the line breaks such as the depth of the last line, the
% height of the first line, and positioning information for the equation
% number.   The two main variables in the equation layout are the line
% width and the placement of the equation number, if one is present.
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\eq@measure}
% Run linebreak trials on the equation contents and measure the
% results.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@measure{%
%    \end{macrocode}
% If an override value is given for indentstep in the env options, use
% it.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \ifdim\eq@indentstep=\maxdimen \eq@indentstep\eqindentstep \fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% If \cs{eq@linewidth} is nonzero at this point, it means that
% the user specified a particular target width for this equation.
% In that case we override the normal list of trial widths.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \ifdim\eq@linewidth=\z@ \else \edef\eq@linewidths{{\the\eq@linewidth}}\fi
  \begingroup \eq@params
  \leftskip\z@skip
%    \end{macrocode}
% Even if \cs{hfuzz} is greater than zero a box whose contents
% exceed the target width by less then hfuzz still has a reported badness
% value of 1000000 (infinitely bad).    Because we use inf-bad
% to test whether a particular trial succeeds or fails, we want to make
% such boxes return a smaller badness.    To this end we include an
% \cs{hfuzz} allowance in \cs{rightskip}.    In fact,
% \cs{eq@params} ensures that \cs{hfuzz} for equations is at
% least 1pt.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \rightskip\z@\@plus\columnwidth\@minus\hfuzz
%  \eqinfo
  \global\EQ@continue{\eq@trial}%
  \eq@trial % uses \eq@linewidths
  \eq@failout % will be a no-op if the trial succeeded
  \endgroup
%    \end{macrocode}
% \quoted{local} parameter settings are passed outside the endgroup through
% \cs{EQ@trial}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \EQ@trial
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*trace>
\def\debug@showmeasurements{%
  \breqn@debugmsg{=> \number\eq@lines\space lines}%
  \begingroup
  \def\@elt##1X##2{\MessageBreak==== \space\space##1/##2}%
  \let\@endelt\@empty
  \breqn@debugmsg{=> trial info:\eq@measurements}%
  \breqn@debugmsg{=> bounding box: \the\eq@wdT x\the\eq@vspan, badness=\the\eq@badness}%
  \let\@elt\relax \let\@endelt\relax
  \endgroup
}
\def\debug@showmeasurements{%
  \begingroup
  \def\@elt##1X##2{\MessageBreak====   ##1/##2}%
  \let\@endelt\@empty
  \breqn@debugmsg{===> Measurements: \number\eq@lines\space lines
           \eq@measurements
           \MessageBreak
           ==== bounding box: \the\eq@wdT x\the\eq@vspan, badness=\the\eq@badness
           \MessageBreak
           ==== \leftskip=\the\leftskip, \rightskip=\the\rightskip}%
 \endgroup
}
%</trace>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% Layout Trials Driver
% Basically, trying different sequences of parshapes.
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\EQ@trial}
% Init.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\EQ@trial\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\EQ@continue}
% This is a token register used to carry trial info past a
% group boundary with only one global assignment.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newtoks\EQ@continue
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\EQ@widths}
% This is used for storing the actual line-width info of the equation
% contents after breaking.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\EQ@widths\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\EQ@fallback}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\EQ@fallback\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\eq@linewidths}
% This is the list of target widths for line breaking.
%
%========================================
% BRM: Odd; I don't think I've seen this use anything but \cs{displaywidth}...
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@linewidths{\displaywidth\linewidth\columnwidth}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\eq@trial}
% The \cs{eq@trial} function tries each candidate
% line width in \cs{eq@linewidths} until an equation layout is found
% that yields satisfactory line breaks.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@trial{%
  \ifx\@empty\eq@linewidths
    \global\EQ@continue{}%
  \else
    \iffalse{\fi \@xp\eq@trial@a \eq@linewidths}%
  \fi
  \the\EQ@continue
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\eq@trial@a}
% The \cs{eq@trial@a} function reads the leading line
% width from \cs{eq@linewidths}; if the new line width is greater
% than the previous one, start running trials with it; otherwise do
% nothing with it.
% Finally, run a peculiar \cs{edef} that leaves
% \cs{eq@linewidths} redefined to be the tail of the list.
% If we succeed in finding satisfactory line breaks
% for the equation, we will reset \cs{EQ@continue} in such a
% way that it will terminate the current trials.
% An obvious branch here would be to check whether the width of
% \cs{EQ@copy} is less than \cs{eq@linewidth} and go immediately
% to the one-line case if so.
% However, if the equation contains more than one RHS, by
% default each additional RHS starts on a new line\mdash \ie , we want
% the ladder layout anyway.
% So we choose the initial trial on an assumption of multiple lines
% and leave the one-line case to fall out naturally at a later point.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@trial@a#1{%
  \dim@c#1\relax
  \if T\eq@frame \eq@frame@adjust\dim@c \fi
  \ifdim\dim@c>\eq@linewidth
    \eq@linewidth\dim@c
%<trace>    \breqn@debugmsg{Choose Shape for width(#1)=\the\eq@linewidth}%
    \let\eq@trial@b\eq@trial@d
    \csname eq@try@layout@\eq@layout\endcsname
%<trace>  \else
%<trace>    \breqn@debugmsg{Next width (#1) is shorter; skip it}%
  \fi
  \edef\eq@linewidths{\iffalse}\fi
}
\def\eq@frame@adjust#1{%
  %\addtolength#1{-2\eq@framewd-2\eq@framesep}%
  \dim@a\eq@framewd \advance\dim@a\eq@framesep
  \advance#1-2\dim@a
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%========================================
% Note curious control structure.
% Try to understand interaction of \cs{EQ@fallback}, \cs{EQ@continue},
% \cs{eq@failout}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@trial@succeed{%
  \aftergroup\@gobbletwo % cancel the \EQ@fallback code; see \eq@trial@c (?)
  \global\EQ@continue{\eq@trial@done}%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\eq@trial@done}
% Success.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@trial@done{%
%<trace>  \breqn@debugmsg{End trial: Success!}%
  \let\eq@failout\relax
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\eq@trial@init}
% This is called from \cs{eq@trial@b} to initialize or
% re-initialize certain variables as needed when running one or more
% trials at a given line width.
% By default assume success, skip the fallback code.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@trial@init{\global\let\EQ@fallback\eq@nextlayout}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\eq@nextlayout}
%
% In the fallback case cancel the current group to avoid unnecessary
% group nesting (with associated save-stack cost, \etc ).
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@nextlayout#1{%
  \endgroup
%<trace>  \breqn@debugmsg{Nope ... that ain't gonna work.}%
  \begingroup #1%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\eq@failout}
%
% .
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@failout{%
%<trace>\breqn@debugmsg{End trial: failout}%
  \global\let\EQ@trial\EQ@last@trial
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\eq@trial@save}
%
% Save the parameters of the current trial.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@trial@save#1{%
%<*trace>
%  \begingroup \def\@elt##1X##2{\MessageBreak==== \space\space##1/##2}\let\@endelt\@empty\breqn@debugmsg{=> trial info:\eq@measurements}%
%         \breqn@debugmsg{=> bounding box: \the\eq@wdT x\the\eq@vspan, badness=\the\eq@badness\MessageBreak}%
%         \let\@elt\relax \let\@endelt\relax
%  \endgroup
%</trace>
  \xdef#1{%
    \eq@linewidth\the\eq@linewidth
    % save info about the fit
    \eq@lines\the\eq@lines \eq@badness\the\eq@badness \def\@nx\eq@badline{\eq@badline}%
    % save size info
    \eq@wdT\the\eq@wdT \eq@wdMin\the\eq@wdMin
    \eq@vspan\the\eq@vspan \eq@dp\the\eq@dp \eq@firstht\the\eq@firstht
    % save info about the LHS
    \eq@wdL\the\eq@wdL \def\@nx\EQ@hasLHS{\EQ@hasLHS}%
    % save info about the numbering
    \def\@nx\eq@hasNumber{\eq@hasNumber}%
    % save info about the chosen layout
    \def\@nx\eq@layout{\eq@layout}%
    \def\@nx\eq@parshape{\@parshape}%
    \def\@nx\eq@measurements{\eq@measurements}%
    \def\@nx\adjust@rel@penalty{\adjust@rel@penalty}%
    \def\@nx\eq@shiftnumber{\eq@shiftnumber}%
    \def\@nx\eq@isIntertext{\@False}%
  }%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\eq@trial@b}
%
% By default this just runs \cs{eq@trial@c}; \cf
% \cs{eq@trial@d}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@trial@b{\eq@trial@c}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\eq@trial@c}
%
% Run the equation contents through the current parshape.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@trial@c#1#2{%
%<trace>  \breqn@debugmsg{Trying layout "#1" with\MessageBreak==== parshape\space\@xp\@gobble\@parshape}%
  \begingroup
  \eq@trial@init
  \def\eq@layout{#1}%
  \setbox\z@\vbox{%
    \hfuzz\maxdimen
    \eq@trial@p % run the given parshape
    \if\@Not{\eq@badline}%
      \eq@trial@save\EQ@trial
%    \end{macrocode}
% If there is a number, try the same parshape again with adjustments
% to make room for the number.
%
% This is an awkward place for this:
% It only allows trying to fit the number w/the SAME layout shape!
%    \begin{macrocode}
      \if\eq@hasNumber\eq@retry@with@number\fi
      \if L\eq@layout \eq@check@density
      \else
        \if\@Not{\eq@badline}%
           \eq@trial@succeed
        \fi
      \fi
    \else
      \eq@trial@save\EQ@last@trial
    \fi
  }%
  \EQ@fallback{#2}%
  \endgroup
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\eq@trial@d}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@trial@d#1#2{\eq@trial@c{#1}{}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\eq@check@density}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@check@density{%
%<trace>  \breqn@debugmsg{Checking density for layout L}%
  \if\@Or{\@Not\EQ@hasLHS}{\eq@shortLHS}%
%<trace>    \breqn@debugmsg{Density check: No LHS, or is short; OK}%
    \eq@trial@succeed
  \else\if\eq@dense@enough
    \eq@trial@succeed
  \fi\fi
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\eq@shortLHS}
% Test to see if we need to apply the \cs{eq@dense@enough} test.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@shortLHS{\ifdim\eq@wdL>.44\eq@wdT 1\else 0\fi 0}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%\verb|\def\eq@shortLHS{\@False}|
%========================================
% \begin{macro}{\eq@trial@p}
% Run a trial with the current \cs{@parshape} and measure it.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@trial@p{%
  \@parshape %
  \eq@dump@box\unhcopy\EQ@copy
  {\@@par}% leave \parshape readable
  \eq@lines\prevgraf
  \eq@fix@lastline
  \let\eq@badline\@False
  \if i\eq@layout \ifnum\eq@lines>\@ne \let\eq@badline\@True \fi\fi
  \eq@curline\eq@lines % loop counter for eq@measure@lines
  \let\eq@measurements\@empty
  \eq@ml@record@indents
  \eq@measure@lines
  \eq@recalc
%<trace>  \debug@showmeasurements
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\adjust@rel@penalty}
% Normally this is a no-op.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\adjust@rel@penalty\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\eq@fix@lastline}
%  Remove parfillskip from the last line box.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@fix@lastline{%
  \setbox\tw@\lastbox \dim@b\wd\tw@
  \eq@dp\dp\tw@
%    \end{macrocode}
% Remove \cs{parfillskip} but retain \cs{rightskip}.
% Need to keep the original line width for later shrink testing.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \nointerlineskip\hbox to\dim@b{\unhbox\tw@
    \skip@c\lastskip \unskip\unskip\hskip\skip@c
  }%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\eq@recalc}
% Calculate \cs{eq@wdT} et cetera.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@recalc{%
  \eq@wdT\z@ \eq@wdMin\maxdimen \eq@vspan\z@skip \eq@badness\z@
  \let\@elt\eq@recalc@a \eq@measurements \let\@elt\relax
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\eq@recalc@a}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@recalc@a#1x#2+#3\@endelt{%
  \eq@firstht#2\relax
  \let\@elt\eq@recalc@b
  \@elt#1x#2+#3\@endelt
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\eq@recalc@b}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@recalc@b#1X#2,#3x#4+#5@#6\@endelt{%
  \setlength\dim@a{#2+#3}%
  \ifdim\dim@a>\eq@wdT \eq@wdT\dim@a \fi
  \ifdim\dim@a<\eq@wdMin \eq@wdMin\dim@a \fi
  \eq@dp#5\relax
  \addtolength\eq@vspan{#1+#4+\eq@dp}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Record the max badness of all the lines in \cs{eq@badness}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \ifnum#6>\eq@badness \eq@badness#6\relax\fi
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\eq@layout}
% A value of \verb"?" for \cs{eq@layout} means that we should
% deduce which layout to use by looking at the size of the components.
% Any other value means we have a user-specified override on the
% layout.
%
% Layout Definitions.
% Based on initial equation measurements, we can choose a sequence of
% candidate parshapes that the equation might fit into.
% We accept the first shape that `works', else fall to next one.
% [The sequence is hardcoded in the \cs{eq@try@layout@}<shape>
%  Would it be useful be more flexible? (eg. try layouts LDA, in order...)]
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@layout{?}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\eq@try@layout@?}
% This is a branching function used to choose a suitable layout if
% the user didn't specify one in particular.
%
% Default layout:
%  Try Single line layout first, else try Multiline layouts
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@namedef{eq@try@layout@?}{%
  \let\eq@trial@b\eq@trial@c
  \edef\@parshape{\parshape 1 0pt \the\eq@linewidth\relax}%
%  \eq@trial@b{i}{\eq@try@layout@multi}%
  \setlength\dim@a{\wd\EQ@copy-2em}% Fudge; can't shrink more than this?
  % if we're in a numbered group, try hard to fit within the numbers
  \dim@b\eq@linewidth
  \if\eq@shiftnumber\else\if\eq@group
    \if\eq@hasNumber\addtolength\dim@b{-\wd\EQ@numbox-\eqnumsep}%
    \else\if\grp@hasNumber\addtolength\dim@b{-\wd\GRP@numbox-\eqnumsep}%
  \fi\fi\fi\fi
  \ifdim\dim@a<\dim@b% Do we even have a chance of fitting to one line?
%<trace>    \breqn@debugmsg{Choose Shape: (\the\wd\EQ@copy) may fit in \the\dim@b}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% BRM: assuming it might fit, don't push too hard
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \setlength\dim@b{\columnwidth-\dim@a+\eq@wdCond}%
    \rightskip\z@\@plus\dim@b\@minus\hfuzz
    \eq@trial@b{i}{\eq@try@layout@multi}%
  \else
%<*trace>
  \breqn@debugmsg{Choose Shape: Too long (\the\wd\EQ@copy) for one line
            (free width=\the\dim@b)}%
%</trace>
   \eq@try@layout@multi
  \fi
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Layout Multiline layout:
%  If no LHS, try Stepped(S) layout
%  Else try Stepped(S), Ladder(L), Drop-ladder(D) or Stepladder(l), depending on LHS length.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@try@layout@multi{%
  \if\EQ@hasLHS
    \ifdim\eq@wdL>\eq@linewidth
%<trace>       \breqn@debugmsg{Choose Shape: LHS \the\eq@wdL > linewidth}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Find the total width of the RHS.
% If it is relatively short, a step layout is the thing to try.
%    \begin{macrocode}
       \setlength\dim@a{\wd\EQ@copy-\eq@wdL}%
       \ifdim\dim@a<.25\eq@linewidth \eq@try@layout@S
       \else \eq@try@layout@l
       \fi
    % BRM: Originally .7: Extreme for L since rhs has to wrap within the remaining 30+%!
    \else\ifdim\eq@wdL>.50\eq@linewidth
%<*trace>
      \breqn@debugmsg{Choose Shape: LHS (\the\eq@wdL) > .50 linewidth (linewidth=\the\eq@linewidth)}%
%</trace>
      \eq@try@layout@D
    \else
%<trace>      \breqn@debugmsg{Choose Shape: LHS (\the\eq@wdL) not extraordinarily wide}%
      \eq@try@layout@L
    \fi\fi
  \else
%<trace>    \breqn@debugmsg{Choose Shape: No LHS here}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Try one-line layout first, then step layout.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \eq@try@layout@S % (already checked case i)
  \fi
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\eq@try@layout@D}
% Change the penalty before the first mathrel symbol to encourage a
% break there.
%
% Layout D=Drop-Ladder Layout, for wide LHS.
% \begin{literalcode}
%   LOOOOOOOONG LHS
%    = RHS
%    = ...
% \end{literalcode}
% If fails, try Almost-Columnar layout
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@try@layout@D{%
  \setlength\dim@a{\eq@linewidth -\eq@indentstep}%
  \edef\@parshape{\parshape 2
    0pt \the\eq@wdL\space \the\eq@indentstep\space \the\dim@a\relax
  }%
  \def\adjust@rel@penalty{\penalty-99 }%
  \eq@trial@b{D}{\eq@try@layout@A}%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\eq@try@layout@L}
% Try a straight ladder layout.
% Preliminary filtering ensures that \cs{eq@wdL} is less than 70%
% of the current line width.
% \begin{literalcode}
% Layout L=Ladder layout
%  LHS = RHS
%      = RHS
%      ...
% \end{literalcode}
% If fails, try Drop-ladder layout.
% NOTE: This is great for some cases (multi relations?), but
% tends to break really badly when it fails....
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@try@layout@L{%
  \setlength\dim@b{\eq@linewidth-\eq@wdL}%
  \edef\@parshape{\parshape 2 0pt \the\eq@linewidth\space
    \the\eq@wdL\space \the\dim@b\relax
  }%
  \eq@trial@b{L}{\eq@try@layout@D}%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\eq@try@layout@S}
% In the \dquoted{stepped} layout there is no LHS, or LHS
% is greater than the line width and RHS is small.
% Then we want to split up the equation into lines of roughly equal
% width and stagger them downwards to the right, leaving a small amount of
% whitespace on both sides.
% But also, if there is an equation number, we want to try first a
% layout that leaves room for the number.
% Otherwise it would nearly always be the case that the number would
% get thrown on a separate line.
%
% Layout S=Stepped layout, typically no LHS or very long, variations on
% \begin{literalcode}
%  STUFF ....
%    + MORE STUFF ...
%      + MORE STUFF ...
% \end{literalcode}
% If fails, try Almost-Columnar layout
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@try@layout@S{%
  \setlength\dim@b{\eq@linewidth-2\eqmargin}% \advance\dim@b-1em%
%    \end{macrocode}
% About how many lines will we need if dim@b is the line width?
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \int@a\wd\EQ@copy \divide\int@a\dim@b
%    \end{macrocode}
% Adjust the target width by number of lines times indentstep.
% We don't need to decrement \cs{int@a} because \tex
% division is integer division with truncation.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \addtolength\dim@b{-\int@a\eq@indentstep}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Adjust for equation number.
% But try not to leave too little room for the equation body.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \if\eq@hasNumber
    \ifdim\dim@b>15em%
%      \advance\dim@b-\eqnumsep \advance\dim@b-\wd\EQ@numbox
      \addtolength\dim@b{-\eq@wdNum}%
    \fi
  \fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% Now some hand-waving to set up the parshape.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \int@b\z@
  \def\@tempa{\dim}%
  \edef\@parshape{\parshape 2 0pt \the\dim@b\space
    \the\eqmargin\space\the\dim@b\relax}%
  \eq@trial@b{S}{\eq@try@layout@A}%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\eq@try@layout@l}
% This is the \dquoted{step-ladder} layout: similar to the drop-ladder
% layout but the LHS is too wide and needs to be broken up.
%
% Layout l = Stepladder
% Similar to Drop-Ladder, but LHS is long and needs to be broken up.
% If fails, try Almost-Columnar layout
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@try@layout@l{%
  \setlength\dim@a{\eq@linewidth -\eq@indentstep}%
  \int@a\eq@wdL \divide\int@a\dim@a
  \advance\int@a\tw@
  \edef\@parshape{\parshape \number\int@a\space
    0pt \the\eq@linewidth
  }%
  \advance\int@a-\tw@
  \setlength\dim@b{2\eq@indentstep}%
  \setlength\dim@c{\eq@linewidth -\dim@b}%
  \edef\@parshape{\@parshape
    \replicate{\int@a}{\space\the\eq@indentstep\space\the\dim@a}%
    \space\the\dim@b\space\the\dim@c\relax
  }%
  \eq@trial@b{l}{\eq@try@layout@A}%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\eq@try@layout@A}
% In the \dquoted{almost-columnar} layout, which is the layout of last
% resort, we let all lines run to the full width and leave the adjusting
% of the indents to later.
%
% Layout A = Almost-Columnar layout.
% Pretty much straight full width, more of a last-resort.
% If fails, give up.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@try@layout@A{%
  \edef\@parshape{\parshape 1 0pt \the\eq@linewidth\relax}%
  \if\EQ@hasLHS \def\adjust@rel@penalty{\penalty-99 }\fi
  \eq@trial@b{A}{}%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\eq@shiftnumber}
%  MH: Should be moved to a section where all keys are set to defaults.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\eq@shiftnumber\@False
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\eq@retry@with@number@a}
% Number placement adjustments
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@retry@with@number{%
 \if\eq@shiftnumber
%<trace>   \breqn@debugmsg{Place number: Shifted number requested}%
 \else
%    \end{macrocode}
% Condition and right numbers? We're just going to have to shift.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \ifdim\eq@wdCond>\z@\if R\eqnumside
%<trace>      \breqn@debugmsg{Place number: Condition w/Right number => Shift number}%
      \let\eq@shiftnumber\@True
    \fi\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% Compute free space.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%    \dim@b\eqnumsep\advance\dim@b\wd\EQ@numbox
    \dim@b\eq@wdNum
    \if L\eqnumside
      \ifdim\@totalleftmargin>\dim@b\dim@b\@totalleftmargin\fi
    \else
      \addtolength\dim@b{\@totalleftmargin}%
    \fi
    \setlength\dim@a{\eq@linewidth-\dim@b}%\advance\dim@a1em\relax% Allowance for shrink?
%    \end{macrocode}
% Set up test against 1-line case only if not in a group
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \int@a\@ne\if\eq@group\int@a\maxint\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% Now check for cases.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \if\eq@shiftnumber               % Already know we need to shift
    \else\ifdim\eq@wdT<\dim@a % Fits!
%    \end{macrocode}
% left \& right skips will be done later, and parshape adjusted if
% needed.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<trace>      \breqn@debugmsg{Place number: eqn and number fit together}%
%    \else\ifnum\eq@lines=\int@a %  Shift, if single line, unless inside a dgroup.
%    \end{macrocode}
% NOTE: this is too strong for dgroup!
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*trace>
%      \breqn@debugmsg{Place number: single line too long with number => Shift number \the\int@a}%
%</trace>
%      \let\eq@shiftnumber\@True
    \else
%    \end{macrocode}
%      % Retry: use leftskip for space for number(for now; whether
%      % right/left) \& adjust parshape
%    \begin{macrocode}
%      \leftskip\wd\EQ@numbox\advance\leftskip\eqnumsep
      \setlength\leftskip{\eq@wdNum}%
      \setlength\rightskip{\z@\@plus\dim@a}%
      \adjust@parshape\@parshape
%<*trace>
      \breqn@debugmsg{Place number: Try with \leftskip=\the\leftskip, \rightskip=\the\rightskip,
                \MessageBreak==== parshape\space\@xp\@gobble\@parshape}%
%</trace>
      \nointerlineskip
      \edef\eq@prev@lines{\the\eq@lines}%
      \edef\eq@prev@badness{\the\eq@badness}% BRM
      \eq@trial@p
      \int@a\eq@prev@badness\relax\advance\int@a 50\relax%?
      \int@b\eq@prev@lines  \if\eq@group\advance\int@b\@ne\fi% Allow 1 extra line in group
      \ifnum\eq@lines>\int@b % \eq@prev@lines
%<trace>        \breqn@debugmsg{Adjustment causes more breaks => Shift number}%
        \let\eq@shiftnumber\@True
      \else\if\eq@badline
%<trace>        \breqn@debugmsg{Adjustment causes bad lines (\the\eq@badness) => Shift}%
        \let\eq@shiftnumber\@True
      \else\ifnum\eq@badness>\int@a % BRM: New case
%<*trace>
        \breqn@debugmsg{Adjustment is badder than previous
                  (\the\eq@badness >> \eq@prev@badness) => Shift}%
%</trace>
        \let\eq@shiftnumber\@True
      \else
%<trace>        \breqn@debugmsg{Adjustment succeeded}%
      \fi\fi%\fi
   \fi\fi\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
%       If we got shifted, restore parshape, etc,
%    \begin{macrocode}
   \if\eq@shiftnumber
     \EQ@trial% Restore parshape & other params,
     \leftskip\z@\let\eq@shiftnumber\@True % But set shift & leftskip
     \edef\@parshape{\eq@parshape}% And copy saved parshape back to `working copy' !?!?
   \fi
   \eq@trial@save\EQ@trial      % Either way, save the trial state.
 \fi
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\adjust@parshape}
% Varies depending on the layout.
%
% Adjust a parshape variable for a given set of left\textbar right skips.
% Note that the fixed part of the left\textbar right skips effectively
% comes out of the parshape widths (NOT in addition to it).
% We also must trim the widths so that the sum of skips, indents
% and widths add up to no more than the \cs{eq@linewidth}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\adjust@parshape#1{%
  \@xp\adjust@parshape@a#1\relax
  \edef#1{\temp@a}%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\adjust@parshape@a}
% \begin{macro}{\adjust@parshape@b}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\adjust@parshape@a#1 #2\relax{%
  \setlength\dim@a{\leftskip+\rightskip}%
  \edef\temp@a{#1}%
  \adjust@parshape@b#2 @ @ \relax
}
\def\adjust@parshape@b#1 #2 {%
  \ifx @#1\edef\temp@a{\temp@a\relax}%
    \@xp\@gobble
  \else
    \dim@b#1\relax
    \dim@c#2\relax
    \addtolength\dim@c{\dim@a+\dim@b}%
    \ifdim\dim@c>\eq@linewidth\setlength\dim@c{\eq@linewidth}\fi
     \addtolength\dim@c{-\dim@b}%
    \edef\temp@a{\temp@a\space\the\dim@b\space\the\dim@c}%
  \fi
  \adjust@parshape@b
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\eq@ml@record@indents}
% Plunk the parshape's indent values into an array for easy access
% when constructing \cs{eq@measurements}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@ml@record@indents{%
  \int@a\z@
  \def\@tempa{%
    \advance\int@a\@ne
    \@xp\edef\csname eq@i\number\int@a\endcsname{\the\dim@a}%
    \ifnum\int@a<\int@b \afterassignment\@tempb \fi
    \dim@a
  }%
  \def\@tempb{\afterassignment\@tempa \dim@a}%
  \def\@tempc##1##2 {\int@b##2\afterassignment\@tempa\dim@a}%
  \@xp\@tempc\@parshape
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@endelt}
% This is a scan marker.
% It should get a non-expandable definition.
% It could be \cs{relax}, but let's try a chardef instead.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\chardef\@endelt=`\?
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\eq@measurements}
% This is similar to a parshape spec but for each line we record more
% info: space above, indent, width x height + dp, and badness.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@measurements{%
  \@elt 4.5pt/5.0pt,66.0ptx6.8pt+2.4pt@27\@endelt
  ...
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\eq@measure@lines}
% Loop through the list of boxes to measure things like total
% height (including interline stretch), \etc .    We check the
% actual width of the current line against the natural width \mdash
% after removing rightskip \mdash  in case the former is
% \emph{less} than the latter because of shrinkage.    In that
% case we do not want to use the natural width for RHS-max-width because
% it might unnecessarily exceed the right margin.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@measure@lines{%
  \let\eq@ml@continue\eq@measure@lines
  \setbox\tw@\lastbox \dim@b\wd\tw@ % find target width of line
  \setbox\z@\hbox to\dim@b{\unhbox\tw@}% check for overfull
  \eq@badness\badness
  \ifnum\eq@badness<\inf@bad \else \let\eq@badline\@True \fi
  \eq@ml@a \eq@ml@continue
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\eq@ml@a}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@ml@a{%
  \setbox\tw@\hbox{\unhbox\z@ \unskip}% find natural width
%<*trace>
  \ifnum\eq@badness<\inf@bad\else\breqn@debugmsg{!?! Overfull: \the\wd\tw@ >\the\dim@b}\fi
%</trace>
%    \end{macrocode}
% Is actual width less than natural width?
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \ifdim\dim@b<\wd\tw@ \setlength\dim@a{\dim@b}% shrunken line
  \else                \setlength\dim@a{\wd\tw@}% OK to use natural width
  \fi
  \addtolength\dim@a{-\leftskip}% BRM: Deduct the skip if we're retrying w/number
%    \end{macrocode}
% If there's no aboveskip, assume we've reached the top of the
% equation.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \skip@a\lastskip \unskip \unpenalty
  \ifdim\skip@a=\z@
    \let\eq@ml@continue\relax % end the recursion
  \else
    % Sum repeated vskips if present
    \def\@tempa{%
      \ifdim \lastskip=\z@
      \else \addtolength\skip@a{\lastskip}\unskip\unpenalty \@xp\@tempa
      \fi
    }%
  \fi
  \edef\eq@measurements{\@elt
    \the\skip@a\space X% extra space to facilitate extracting only the
                        % dimen part later
    \csname eq@i%
      \ifnum\eq@curline<\parshape \number\eq@curline
      \else\number\parshape
      \fi
    \endcsname,\the\dim@a x\the\ht\tw@+\the\dp\tw@ @\the\eq@badness\@endelt
    \eq@measurements
  }%
  \advance\eq@curline\m@ne
  \ifnum\eq@curline=\z@ \let\eq@ml@continue\relax\fi
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\eq@ml@vspace}
%
% Handle an embedded vspace.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@ml@vspace{%
  \global\advance\eq@vspan\lastskip \unskip\unpenalty
  \ifdim\lastskip=\z@ \else \@xp\eq@ml@vspace \fi
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\eq@dense@enough}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@dense@enough{%
  \ifnum\eq@lines<\thr@@
%<trace>    \breqn@debugmsg{Density check: less than 3 lines; OK}%
    \@True
  \else
    \ifdim\eq@wdL >.7\eq@wdT
%<trace>     \breqn@debugmsg{Density check: LHS too long; NOT OK}%
      \@False
    \else \@xp\@xp\@xp\eq@dense@enough@a
    \fi
  \fi
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\true@true@true}
% \begin{macro}{\true@false@true}
% \begin{macro}{\false@true@false}
% \begin{macro}{\false@false@false}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\true@true@true   {\fi\fi\iftrue \iftrue \iftrue }
\def\true@false@true  {\fi\fi\iftrue \iffalse\iftrue }
\def\false@true@false {\fi\fi\iffalse\iftrue \iffalse}
\def\false@false@false{\fi\fi\iffalse\iffalse\iffalse}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\eq@density@factor}
%
% This number specifies, for the ladder layout, how much of the
% equation's bounding box should contain visible material rather than
% whitespace.
% If the amount of visible material drops below this value, then we
% switch to the drop-ladder layout.
% The optimality of this factor is highly dependent on the equation
% contents; .475 was chosen as the default just because it worked well
% with the sample equation, designed to be as average as possible, that I
% used for testing.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@density@factor{.475}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\eq@dense@enough@a}
%
% Calculate whether there is more
% visible material than whitespace within the equation's bounding box.
% Sum up the actual line widths and compare to the total
% \dquoted{area} of the bounding box.
% But if we have an extremely large number of lines, fall back to an
% approximate calculation that is more conservative about the danger of
% exceeding \cs{maxdimen}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@dense@enough@a{%
  \@True \fi
  \ifnum\eq@lines>\sixt@@n
    \eq@dense@enough@b
  \else
    \dim@b\z@ \let\@elt\eq@delt \eq@measurements
    \dim@c\eq@density@factor\eq@wdT \multiply\dim@c\eq@lines
%<trace>    \breqn@debugmsg{Density check: black \the\dim@b/\eq@density@factor total \the\dim@c}%
    \ifdim\dim@b>\dim@c \true@false@true \else \false@false@false \fi
  \fi
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\eq@delt}
% Args are space-above, indent, width, height, depth, badness.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@delt#1X#2,#3x#4+#5@#6\@endelt{\addtolength\dim@b{#3}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\eq@dense@enough@b}
% This is an approximate calculation used to keep from going over
% \cs{maxdimen} if the number of lines in our trial break is large
% enough to make that a threat.
% If l, t, n represent left-side-width, total-width, and number of
% lines, the formula is
% \begin{literalcode}
% l/t < .4n/(.9n-1)
% \end{literalcode}
% or equivalently, since rational arithmetic is awkward in \tex :
% b
% \begin{literalcode}
% l/t < 4n/(9n-10)
% \end{literalcode}
% .
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@dense@enough@b{%
  \int@b\eq@wdT \divide\int@b\p@
  \dim@b\eq@wdL \divide\dim@b\int@b
  \dim@c\eq@lines\p@ \multiply\dim@c\f@ur
  \int@b\eq@lines \multiply\int@b 9 \advance\int@b -10%
  \divide\dim@c\int@b
%<trace>  \breqn@debugmsg{Density check: l/t \the\dim@b\space< \the\dim@c\space 4n/(9n-10)?}%
  \ifdim\dim@b<\dim@c \true@true@true \else \false@true@false \fi
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\eq@parshape}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\eq@parshape\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\eq@params}
% The interline spacing and penalties in \cs{eq@params}
% are used during both preliminary line breaking and final typesetting.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@params{%
  \baselineskip\eqlinespacing
  \lineskip\eqlineskip \lineskiplimit\eqlineskiplimit
%    \end{macrocode}
% Forbid absolutely a pagebreak that separates the first line or last
% line of a multiline equation from the rest of it.    Or in other
% words: no equation of three lines or less will be broken at the bottom
% of a page; instead it will be moved whole to the top of the next
% page.    If you really really need a page break that splits the
% first or last line from the rest of the equation, you can always fall
% back to\cs{pagebreak}, I suppose.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \clubpenalty\@M \widowpenalty\@M \interlinepenalty\eqinterlinepenalty
  \linepenalty199 \exhyphenpenalty5000 % was 9999: make breaks at, eg. \* a bit easier.
%    \end{macrocode}
% For equations, hfuzz should be at least 1pt.
% But we have to fake it a little because we are running the equation
% through \tex 's paragrapher.
% In our trials we use minus 1pt in the rightskip rather than hfuzz;
% and we must do the same during final breaking of the equation, otherwise
% in borderline cases \tex  will use two lines instead of one when our
% trial indicated that one line would be enough.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \ifdim\hfuzz<\p@ \hfuzz\p@ \fi
%\hfuzz=2pt
%  \ifdim\hfuzz<2pt\relax \hfuzz2pt \fi
  \parfillskip\z@skip
%  \hfuzz\z@
%    \end{macrocode}
% Make sure we skip \tex 's preliminary line-breaking pass to save
% processing time.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \tolerance9999 \pretolerance\m@ne
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
%
%
% \section{Equation layout options}
% Using the notation C centered, I indented (applied to
% the equation body), T top, B bottom, M
% middle, L left, R right (applied to the equation number),
% the commonly used equation types are C, CRM, CRB, CLM, CLT,
% I, IRM, IRB, ILM, ILT.    In other words, CLM stands for Centered equation
% body with Left-hand Middle-placed equation number, and IRB stands for
% Indented equation with Right-hand Bottom-placed equation number.
%
% Here are some general thoughts on how to place an equation
% tag. Currently it does not work as desired: the L option positions
% the tag app. 10 lines below the math expression, the RM doesn't
% position the tag on the baseline for single-line math
% expressions. Therefore I am going to first write what I think is
% supposed to happen and then implement it.
%
% Below is a small list where especially the two three specifications
% should be quite obvious, I just don't want to forget anything and it
% is important to the implementation.
% \begin{description}
% \item[Definition 1] If a display consists of exactly one line, the
%   tag should always be placed on the same baseline as the math
%   expression.
% \end{description}
% The remaining comments refer to multi-line displays.
% \begin{description}
% \item[Definition 2] If a tag is to be positioned at the top (T), it
%   should be placed such that the baseline of the tag aligns with the
%   baseline of the top line of the display.
%
% \item[Definition 3] If a tag is to be positioned at the bottom (B),
%   it should be placed such that the baseline of the tag aligns with
%   the baseline of the bottom line of the display.
%
% \item[Definition 4] If a tag is to be positioned vertically centered
%   (M), it should be placed such that the baseline of the tag is
%   positioned exactly halfway between the baseline of the top line of
%   the display and the baseline of the bottom line of the display.
% \end{description}
%
% Definitions 1--3 are almost axiomatic in their
% simplicity. Definition~4 is different because I saw at least two
% possibilities for which area to span:
% \begin{itemize}
% \item Calculate distance from top of top line to the bottom of the
%   bottom line, position the vertical center of the tag exactly
%   halfway between those two extremes.
%
% \item Calculate the distance from the baseline of the top line to
%   the baseline of the bottom line, position the baseline of the tag
%   exactly halfway between these two extremes.
% \end{itemize}
% Additional combinations of these methods are possible but make
% little sense in my opinion. I have two reasons for choosing the
% latter of these possibilities: Firstly, two expressions looking
% completely identical with the exception of a superscript in the
% first line or a subscript in the last line will have the tag
% positioned identically. Secondly, then M means halfway between T and
% B positions which makes good sense and then also automatically
% fulfills Definition~1.
%
% From an implementation perspective, these definitions should also
% make it possible to fix a deficiency in the current implementation,
% namely that the tag does not influence the height of a display, even
% if the display is a single line. This means that two single-line
% expressions in a \env{dgroup} can be closer together than
% \cs{intereqskip} if the math expressions are (vertically) smaller
% than the tag.
%
% \section{Centered Right-Number Equations}
%
% \begin{macro}{\eq@dump@box}
% \arg1  might be \cs{unhbox} or \cs{unhcopy}; \arg2  is
% the box name.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@dump@box#1#2{%
%\debug@box#1%
  \noindent #1#2\setbox\f@ur\lastbox \setbox\tw@\lastbox
%    \end{macrocode}
% If the LHS contains shrinkable glue, in an L layout the alignment
% could be thrown off if the first line is shrunk noticeably.
% For the time being, disable shrinking on the left-hand side.
% The proper solution requires more work \begin{dn}
% mjd,1999/03/17
% \end{dn}
% .
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \if L\eq@layout \box\tw@ \else\unhbox\tw@\fi
  \adjust@rel@penalty \unhbox\f@ur
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% Various typesetting bits, invoked from \cs{eq@finish}
% BRM: This has been extensively refactored from the original breqn,
% initially to get left\textbar right skips and parshape used consistently,
% ultimately to get most things handled the same way, in the same order.
%
% Given that left and right skips have been set,
% typeset the frame, number and equation with the
% given number side and placement
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@typeset@Unnumbered{%
  \eq@typeset@frame
  \eq@typeset@equation
}
\def\eq@typeset@LM{%
  \setlength\dim@a{(\eq@vspan+\ht\EQ@numbox-\dp\EQ@numbox)/2}%
  \eq@typeset@leftnumber
  \eq@typeset@frame
  \eq@typeset@equation
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Typeset equation and left-top number (and shifted)
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@typeset@LT{%
  \dim@a\eq@firstht
  \eq@typeset@leftnumber
  \eq@typeset@frame
  \eq@typeset@equation
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Typeset equation and left shifted number
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@typeset@LShifted{%
  % place number
  \copy\EQ@numbox \penalty\@M
  \dim@a\eqlineskip
  \if F\eq@frame\else
     \setlength\dim@a{\eq@framesep+\eq@framewd}%
  \fi
  \kern\dim@a
  \eq@typeset@frame
  \eq@typeset@equation
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Typeset equation and right middle number
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@typeset@RM{%
  \setlength\dim@a{(\eq@vspan+\ht\EQ@numbox-\dp\EQ@numbox)/2}%
  \eq@typeset@rightnumber
  \eq@typeset@frame
  \eq@typeset@equation
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Typeset equation and right bottom number
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@typeset@RB{%
  % NOTE: is \eq@dp useful here
  \setlength\dim@a{\eq@vspan-\ht\EQ@numbox-\dp\EQ@numbox}%
  \eq@typeset@rightnumber
  \eq@typeset@frame
  \eq@typeset@equation
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Typeset equation and right shifted number
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@typeset@RShifted{%
  % place number
  \eq@typeset@frame
  \eq@typeset@equation
  \penalty\@M
  \dim@a\eqlineskip
  \if F\eq@frame\else
    \addtolength\dim@a{\eq@framesep+\eq@framewd}%
  \fi
  \parskip\dim@a
  \hbox to\hsize{\hfil\copy\EQ@numbox}\@@par%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% Debugging aid to show all relevant formatting info for a given eqn.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*trace>
\def\debug@showformat{%
  \breqn@debugmsg{Formatting Layout:\eq@layout\space Center/indent: \eqindent\space
    Number placement \eqnumside\eqnumplace:
    \MessageBreak==== \eq@linewidth=\the\eq@linewidth, \@totalleftmargin=\the\@totalleftmargin,
    \MessageBreak==== Centered Lines=\theb@@le\eq@centerlines, Shift Number=\theb@@le\eq@shiftnumber,
    \MessageBreak==== \eq@wdT=\the\eq@wdT, \eq@wdMin=\the\eq@wdMin,
    \MessageBreak==== LHS=\theb@@le\EQ@hasLHS: \eq@wdL=\the\eq@wdL,
    \MessageBreak==== \eq@firstht=\the\eq@firstht, \eq@vspan=\the\eq@vspan
    \MessageBreak==== \eq@wdNum=\the\eq@wdNum
    \MessageBreak==== \eq@wdCond=\the\eq@wdCond, \conditionsep=\the\conditionsep,
    \MessageBreak==== \leftskip=\the\leftskip, \rightskip=\the\rightskip,
    \MessageBreak==== \abovedisplayskip=\the\abovedisplayskip,
    \MessageBreak==== \belowdisplayskip=\the\belowdisplayskip
    \MessageBreak==== parshape=\eq@parshape}%
}
%</trace>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% Set left \& right skips for centered equations,
% making allowances for numbers (if any, right, left) and constraint.
%
% Amazingly, I've managed to collect all the positioning logic for
% centered equations in one place, so it's more manageable.
% Unfortunately, by the time it does all it needs to do,
% it has evolved I'm (re)using so many temp variables, it's becoming
% unmanageble!
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@C@setsides{%
  % \dim@c = space for number, if any, and not shifted.
  \dim@c\z@
  \if\eq@hasNumber\if\eq@shiftnumber\else
    \dim@c\eq@wdNum
  \fi\fi
  % \dim@e = space for condition(on right), if any and formula is only a single line.(to center nicely)
  % but only count it as being right-aligned if we're not framing, since the frame must enclose it.
  \dim@e\z@
  \if F\eq@frame
    \ifnum\eq@lines=\@ne\ifdim\eq@wdCond>\z@
      \setlength\dim@e{\eq@wdCond+\conditionsep}%
  \fi\fi\fi
  % \dim@b = minimum needed on left max(totalleftmargin, left number space)
  \dim@b\z@
  \if L\eqnumside\ifdim\dim@b<\dim@c
    \dim@b\dim@c
  \fi\fi
  \ifdim\dim@b<\@totalleftmargin
    \dim@b\z@
  \else
    \addtolength\dim@b{-\@totalleftmargin}%
  \fi
  % \dim@d = minimum needed on right max(condition, right number space)
  \dim@d\dim@e
  \if R\eqnumside\ifdim\dim@d<\dim@c
    \dim@d\dim@c
  \fi\fi
  % \dim@a = left margin; initially half available space
  % \dim@c = right margin;  ditto
  \setlength\dim@a{(\eq@linewidth-\eq@wdT+\dim@e+\@totalleftmargin)/2}%
  \dim@c=\dim@a
  % If too far to the left
  \ifdim\dim@a<\dim@b
     \addtolength\dim@c{\dim@a-\dim@b}%
     \ifdim\dim@c<\z@\dim@c=\z@\fi
     \dim@a=\dim@b
  % Or if too far to the right
  \else\ifdim\dim@c<\dim@d
     \addtolength\dim@a{\dim@c-\dim@d}%
     \ifdim\dim@a<\z@\dim@a=\z@\fi
     \dim@c=\dim@d
  \fi\fi
  % Now, \dim@d,\dim@e is the left & right glue to center each line for centerlines
  \setlength\dim@e{\eq@wdT-\eq@wdMin}\dim@d=\z@
%    \end{macrocode}
% NOTE: Need some work here centering when there's a condition
%    \begin{macrocode}
%  \advance\dim@e-\eq@wdT\multiply\dim@e-1\relax
%  \if\eq@wdMin<\dim@e\dim@e\eq@wdMin\fi
%  \multiply\dim@e-1\relax\advance\dim@e\eq@wdT
  \dim@d\z@
  \if\eq@centerlines
    \divide\dim@e2\relax
    \dim@d=\dim@e
  \fi
  \setlength\leftskip{\dim@a\@plus\dim@d}%
  \addtolength\dim@e{\dim@c}%
  \setlength\rightskip{\z@\@plus\dim@e}%\@minus5\p@
  % Special case: if framing, reduce the stretchiness of the formula (eg. condition)
  % Or if we have a right number, FORCE space for it
  \dim@b\z@
  \if F\eq@frame\else
    \dim@b\dim@c
  \fi
  \if\@And{\eq@hasNumber}{\@Not{\eq@shiftnumber}}%
    \if R\eqnumside
      \dim@c\eq@wdNum
      \ifdim\dim@c>\dim@b
        \dim@b\dim@c
      \fi
    \fi
  \fi
  % If either of those cases requires hard rightskip, move that part from glue.
  \ifdim\dim@b>\z@
    \addtolength\dim@e{-\dim@c}%
    \rightskip\dim@b\@plus\dim@e%\@minus5\p@
  \fi
  % And peculiar further special case: in indented environs, width isn't where it would seem
  \ifdim\eq@wdCond>\z@
    \addtolength\rightskip{-\@totalleftmargin}%
  \fi
  \parfillskip\z@skip
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% Set the left and right side spacing for indented equations
% Some things handled by eq@C@setsides that probably apply here????
% \begin{itemize}
% \item centerlines
% \item \cs{@totalleftmargin}: SHOULD we move farther right?
% \end{itemize}
% Leftskip is normally just the requested indentation
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@I@setsides{%
  \leftskip\mathindent
%    \end{macrocode}
% But move left, if shifted number presumably because of clashed w/ number?
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \if\eq@shiftnumber
    \setlength\dim@a{\eq@linewidth-\eq@wdT-\mathindent}%
    \ifdim\dim@a<\z@
      \leftskip=\z@ % Or something minimal?
    \fi
  \fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% Push gently from right.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \dim@a=\z@
  \setlength\dim@b{\eq@linewidth-\leftskip-\eq@wdMin}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Special case: if framing be much more rigid(?)
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \if F\eq@frame
  \else
    \setlength\dim@a{\eq@linewidth-\leftskip-\eq@wdT}
    \addtolength\dim@b{-\dim@a}%
  \fi
  % Or force the space for right number, if needed
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \if\@And{\eq@hasNumber}{\@Not{\eq@shiftnumber}}%
    \if R\eqnumside
      \dim@c=\eq@wdNum
      \if\dim@c>\dim@a
        \addtolength\dim@b{-\dim@c}%
        \dim@a=\dim@c
      \fi
    \fi
  \fi
  \setlength\rightskip{\dim@a\@plus\dim@b \@minus\hfuzz }%\hfuzz\z@
  \parfillskip\z@skip
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \paragraph{Typesetting pieces: frame, equation and number (if any)}
% \cs{dim@a} should contain the downward displacement of number's baseline
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@typeset@leftnumber{%
  \setlength\skip@c{\dim@a-\ht\EQ@numbox}%
  \vglue\skip@c% NON discardable
  \copy\EQ@numbox \penalty\@M
  \kern-\dim@a
}
\def\eq@typeset@rightnumber{%
  \setlength\skip@c{\dim@a-\ht\EQ@numbox}%
  \vglue\skip@c% NON discardable
  \hbox to \hsize{\hfil\copy\EQ@numbox}\penalty\@M
  \kern-\dim@a
}
\def\eq@typeset@equation{%
  \nobreak
  \eq@params\eq@parshape
  \nointerlineskip\noindent
  \add@grp@label
  \eq@dump@box\unhbox\EQ@box\@@par
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \section{Framing an equation}
% \begin{macro}{\eqframe}
% The \cs{eqframe} function is called in vertical mode
% with the reference point at the top left corner of the equation, including
% any allowance for \cs{fboxsep}.    Its arguments are the width
% and height of the equation body, plus fboxsep.
% \changes{v0.95}{2007/12/03}{Made \cs{eqframe} obey the key settings
%   for frame and framesep.}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\eqframe[2]{%
  \begingroup
  \fboxrule=\eq@framewd\relax\fboxsep=\eq@framesep\relax
  \framebox{\z@rule\@height#2\kern#1}%
  \endgroup
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% The frame is not typeset at the correct horizontal position. Will
% fix later.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@addframe{%
  \hbox to\z@{%
    \setlength\dim@a{\eq@framesep+\eq@framewd}%
    \kern-\dim@a
    \vbox to\z@{\kern-\dim@a
      \hbox{\eqframe{\eq@wdT}{\eq@vspan}}%
      \vss
    }%
    \hss
  }%
}
\def\eq@typeset@frame{%
  \if F\eq@frame\else
   % Tricky: put before \noindent, so it's not affected by glue in \leftskip
   \nobreak\nointerlineskip
   \vbox to\eq@firstht{\moveright\leftskip\hbox to\z@{\eq@addframe\hss}\vss}%
   \kern-\eq@firstht
  \fi
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \section{Delimiter handling}
% The special handling of delimiters is rather complex, but
% everything is driven by two motives: to mark line breaks inside
% delimiters as less desirable than line breaks elsewhere, and to make it
% possible to break open left-right boxes so that line breaks between
% \cs{left} and \cs{right} delimiters are not absolutely
% prohibited.    To control the extent to which line breaks will be
% allowed inside delimiters, set \cs{eqbreakdepth} to the maximum
% nesting depth.    Depth 0 means never break inside delimiters.
%
% Note: \cs{eqbreakdepth} is not implemented as a \latex
% counter because changes done by \cs{setcounter} \etc  are always
% global.
%
% It would be natural to use grouping in the implementation
% \mdash  at an open delimiter, start a group and increase mathbin
% penalties; at a close delimiter, close the group.    But this gives us
% trouble in situations like the \env{array} environment, where a
% close delimiter might fall in a different cell of the \cs{halign}
% than the open delimiter.
% Ok then, here's what we want the various possibilities to
% expand to.    Note that \cs{right} and \cs{biggr} are
% being unnaturally applied to a naturally open-type delimiter.
% \begin{literalcode}
% ( -> \delimiter"4... \after@open
% \left( ->
%   \@@left \delimiter"4... \after@open
% \right( ->
%   \@@right \delimiter"4... \after@close
% \biggl( ->
%   \mathopen{\@@left \delimiter... \vrule...\@@right.}
%   \after@open
% \biggr( ->
%   \mathclose{\@@left \delimiter... \vrule...\@@right.}
%   \after@close
% \bigg\vert ->
%   \mathord{\@@left \delimiter... \vrule...\@@right.}
% \biggm\vert ->
%   \mathrel{\@@left \delimiter... \vrule...\@@right.}
% \end{literalcode}
%
% First save the primitive meanings of \cs{left} and
% \cs{right}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@saveprimitive\left\@@left
\@saveprimitive\right\@@right
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% The variable \cs{lr@level} is used by the first mathrel in
% an equation to tell whether it is at top level: yes? break and measure
% the LHS, no? keep going.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcount\lr@level
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% It would be nice to have better error checking here if the
% argument is not a delimiter symbol at all.
%
% Ah, a small problem when renaming commands. In the original version,
% |\delimiter| is hijacked in order to remove the |\after@bidir| (or
% open or close) instruction following the delimiter declaration.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\ExplSyntaxOn
\def\eq@left{%
  \@ifnext .{\eq@nullleft}{\begingroup \let\math_delimiter:NNnNn \eq@left@a}%
}
\def\eq@right{%
  \@ifnext .{\eq@nullright}{\begingroup \let \math_delimiter:NNnNn \eq@right@a}%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% The arguments are: \arg1  delim symbol, \arg2 .
%    \begin{macrocode}
%\def\eq@left@a#1 #2{\endgroup\@@left\delimiter#1\space \after@open}
\def\eq@left@a#1#2#3#4#5#6{\endgroup
  \@@left \math_delimiter:NNnNn #1#2{#3}#4{#5}\after@open}
\def\eq@right@a#1#2#3#4#5#6{\endgroup
  \@@right \math_delimiter:NNnNn #1#2{#3}#4{#5}\after@close \ss@scan{#1#2{#3}#4{#5}}%
}
\ExplSyntaxOff
%    \end{macrocode}
% The null versions.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@nullleft#1{\@@left#1\after@open}
\def\eq@nullright#1{\@@right#1\after@close}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% Here is the normal operation of \cs{biggl}, for example.
% \begin{literalcode}
% \biggl ->\mathopen \bigg
% {\mathopen}
%
% \bigg #1->{\hbox {$\left #1\vbox to14.5\p@ {}\right .\n@space $}}
% #1<-(
% \end{literalcode}
% ^^AFor paren matching: )
% Like \cs{left}, \cs{biggl} coerces its delimiter to be of
% mathopen type even if its natural inclination is towards closing.
%
% The function \cs{delim@reset} makes delimiter characters
% work just about the same as they would in normal \latex .
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\delim@reset{%
  \let\after@open\relax \let\after@close\relax
  \let\left\@@left \let\right\@@right
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% If the \pkg{amsmath} or \pkg{exscale} package is loaded, it
% will have defined \cs{bBigg@}; if not, the macros \cs{big} and
% variants will have hard-coded point sizes as inherited through the ages
% from \fn{plain.tex}.    In this case we can kluge a little by
% setting \cs{big@size} to \cs{p@}, so that our definition of
% \cs{bBigg@} will work equally well with the different multipliers.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@ifundefined{bBigg@}{% not defined
  \let\big@size\p@
  \def\big{\bBigg@{8.5}}\def\Big{\bBigg@{11.5}}%
  \def\bigg{\bBigg@{14.5}}\def\Bigg{\bBigg@{17.5}}%
  \def\biggg{\bBigg@{20.5}}\def\Biggg{\bBigg@{23.5}}%
}{}
\def\bBigg@#1#2{%
  {\delim@reset
   \left#2%
   \vrule\@height#1\big@size\@width-\nulldelimiterspace
   \right.
  }%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% .
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\bigl#1{\mathopen\big{#1}\after@open}
\def\Bigl#1{\mathopen\Big{#1}\after@open}
\def\biggl#1{\mathopen\bigg{#1}\after@open}
\def\Biggl#1{\mathopen\Bigg{#1}\after@open}
\def\bigggl#1{\mathopen\biggg{#1}\after@open}
\def\Bigggl#1{\mathopen\Biggg{#1}\after@open}

\def\bigr#1{\mathclose\big{#1}\after@close}
\def\Bigr#1{\mathclose\Big{#1}\after@close}
\def\biggr#1{\mathclose\bigg{#1}\after@close}
\def\Biggr#1{\mathclose\Bigg{#1}\after@close}
\def\bigggr#1{\mathclose\biggg{#1}\after@close}
\def\Bigggr#1{\mathclose\Biggg{#1}\after@close}

%% No change needed, I think. [mjd,1998/12/04]
%%\def\bigm{\mathrel\big}
%%\def\Bigm{\mathrel\Big}
%%\def\biggm{\mathrel\bigg}
%%\def\Biggm{\mathrel\Bigg}
%%\def\bigggm{\mathrel\biggg}
%%\def\Bigggm{\mathrel\Biggg}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\m@@DeL} \begin{macro}{\d@@DeL}
% \begin{macro}{\m@@DeR} \begin{macro}{\d@@DeR}
% \begin{macro}{\m@@DeB} \begin{macro}{\d@@DeB}
% Original definition of \cs{m@DeL} from
% \pkg{flexisym} is as follows.    \cs{m@DeR} and
% \cs{m@DeB} are the same except for the math class number.
% \begin{literalcode}
% \def\m@DeL#1#2#3{%
%   \delimiter"4\@xp\delim@a\csname sd@#1#2#3\endcsname #1#2#3 }
% \end{literalcode}
%
% Save the existing meanings of \cs{m@De[LRB]}.
%
% Define display variants of DeL, DeR, DeB
%    \begin{macrocode}
\ExplSyntaxOn
\cs_set:Npn \math_dsym_DeL:Nn #1#2{\math_bsym_DeL:Nn #1{#2}\after@open}
\cs_set:Npn \math_dsym_DeR:Nn #1#2{\math_bsym_DeR:Nn #1{#2}\after@close}
\cs_set:Npn \math_dsym_DeB:Nn #1#2{\math_bsym_DeB:Nn #1{#2}\after@bidir}

%%%%%
%%%%%\let\m@@DeL\m@DeL \let\m@@DeR\m@DeR \let\m@@DeB\m@DeB
%%%%%\def\d@@DeL#1#2#3{%
%%%%%  \delimiter"4\@xp\delim@a\csname sd@#1#2#3\endcsname #1#2#3 \after@open
%%%%%}
%%%%%\def\d@@DeR#1#2#3{%
%%%%%  \delimiter"5\@xp\delim@a\csname sd@#1#2#3\endcsname #1#2#3 \after@close
%%%%%}
%%%%%\def\d@@DeB#1#2#3{%
%%%%%  \delimiter"0\@xp\delim@a\csname sd@#1#2#3\endcsname #1#2#3 \after@bidir
%%%%%}
%    \end{macrocode}
%%BRM: These weren't defined, but apparently should be.
% Are these the right values???
%    \begin{macrocode}
%%%%%%\let\m@@DeA\m@DeA\let\d@@DeA\m@DeA%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\after@open}
% \begin{macro}{\after@close}
% \begin{macro}{\after@bidir}
% \begin{macro}{\zero@bop}
% \begin{macro}{\bop@incr}
% \cs{after@open} and \cs{after@close} are carefully
% written to avoid the use of grouping and to run as fast as possible.
% \cs{zero@bop} is the value used for \cs{prebinoppenalty} at
% delimiter level 0, while \cs{bop@incr} is added for each level of
% nesting.    The standard values provide that breaks will be prohibited
% within delimiters below nesting level 2.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\after@bidir\@empty
\mathchardef\zero@bop=888 \relax
\mathchardef\bop@incr=4444 \relax
\def\after@open{%
  \global\advance\lr@level\@ne
  \prebinoppenalty\bop@incr \multiply\prebinoppenalty\lr@level
  \advance\prebinoppenalty\zero@bop
  \ifnum\eqbreakdepth<\lr@level
     \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_Bin:Nn \math_isym_Bin:Nn %%%%%%\let\m@Bin\m@@Bin
%    \end{macrocode}
% Inside delimiters, add some fillglue before binops so that a broken off
% portion will get thrown flush right.    Also shift it slightly
% further to the right to ensure that it clears the opening delimiter.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \else
    \eq@binoffset=\eqbinoffset
    \advance\eq@binoffset\lr@level\eqdelimoffset plus1fill\relax
    \def\dt@fill@cancel{\hskip\z@ minus1fill\relax}%
  \fi
  \penalty\@M % BRM: discourage break after an open fence?
}
\def\after@close{%
  \global\advance\lr@level\m@ne
  \prebinoppenalty\bop@incr \multiply\prebinoppenalty\lr@level
  \advance\prebinoppenalty\zero@bop
  \ifnum\eqbreakdepth<\lr@level
  \else \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_Bin:Nn \math_dsym_Bin:Nn %%%%%%\let\m@Bin\d@@Bin
  \fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% When we get back to level 0, no delimiters, remove the stretch
% component of \cs{eqbinoffset}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \ifnum\lr@level<\@ne \eq@binoffset=\eqbinoffset\relax \fi
}

\ExplSyntaxOff

%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\subsup@flag}
% \begin{macro}{\ss@scan}
% \cs{ss@scan} is called after a \cs{right} delimiter and
% looks ahead for sub and superscript tokens.
% If sub and/or superscripts are present, we adjust the line-ending
% penalty to distinguish the various cases (sub, sup, or both).
% This facilitates the later work of excising the sub/sup box and
% reattaching it with proper shifting.
%
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Sub/Superscript measurement
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% BRM: There's possibly a problem here.
% When \cs{ss@scan} gets invoked after a \cs{left}...\cs{right} pair in the LHS
% during \cs{eq@measure}, it produces an extra box (marked with \cs{penalty} 3);
% Apparently \cs{eq@repack} expects only one for the LHS.
% The end result is \cs{eq@wdL} => 0.0pt !!! (or at least very small)
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\subsup@flag=\count@
\def\ss@delim@a@new#1#2#3#4#5{\xdef\right@delim@code{\number"#4#5}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% The argument of \cs{ss@scan} is an expanded form of a
% right-delimiter macro.
% We want to use the last three digits in the expansion
% to define \cs{right@delim@code}.
% The assignment to a temp register is just a way to scan away the
% leading digits that we don't care about.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\ss@scan#1{%
%    \end{macrocode}
% This part of the code.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \begingroup
    \ss@delim@a@new #1%
  \endgroup
  \subsup@flag\@M \afterassignment\ss@scan@a \let\@let@token=}
\def\ss@scan@a{%
  \let\breqn@next\ss@scan@b
  \ifx\@let@token\sb \advance\subsup@flag\@ne\else
  \ifx\@let@token\@@subscript \advance\subsup@flag\@ne\else
  \ifx\@let@token\@@subscript@other \advance\subsup@flag\@ne\else
  \ifx\@let@token\sp \advance\subsup@flag\tw@\else
  \ifx\@let@token\@@superscript \advance\subsup@flag\tw@\else
  \ifx\@let@token\@@superscript@other \advance\subsup@flag\tw@\else
    \ss@finish
    \let\breqn@next\relax
  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
  \breqn@next\@let@token
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\ExplSyntaxOn
\def\ss@scan@b#1#2{#1{%
%    \end{macrocode}
% hack! coff!
%    \begin{macrocode}
  %%%%%\let\m@Bin\m@@Bin  \let\m@Rel\m@@Rel
  \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_Bin:Nn \math_isym_Bin:Nn
  \cs_set_eq:NN \math_sym_Rel:Nn \math_isym_Rel:Nn
  #2}\afterassignment\ss@scan@a \let\@let@token=}%
\ExplSyntaxOff
%    \end{macrocode}
% We need to keep following glue from disappearing
% \mdash  \eg , a thickmuskip or medmuskip from a following mathrel or
% mathbin symbol.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\ss@finish{%
  \@@vadjust{\penalty\thr@@}%
  \penalty\right@delim@code \penalty-\subsup@flag \keep@glue
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\eq@lrunpack}
% For \cs{eq@lrunpack} we need to break open a left-right box and
% reset it just in case it contains any more special breaks.    After
% it is unpacked the recursion of \cs{eq@repack} will continue,
% acting on the newly created lines.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@lrunpack{\setbox\z@\lastbox
%    \end{macrocode}
% We remove the preceding glue item and deactivate
% baselineskip for the next line, otherwise we would end up with
% three items of glue (counting parskip) at this point instead of
% the single one expected by our recursive repacking
% procedure.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \unskip \nointerlineskip
%    \end{macrocode}
% Then we open box 0, take the left-right box at the right end of
% it, and break that open.    If the line-ending penalty is greater than
% 10000, it means a sub and/or superscript is present on the right
% delimiter and the box containing them must be taken off first.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \noindent\unhbox\z@ \unskip
  \subsup@flag-\lastpenalty \unpenalty
  \xdef\right@delim@code{\number\lastpenalty}%
  \unpenalty
  \ifnum\subsup@flag>\@M
    \advance\subsup@flag-\@M
    \setbox\tw@\lastbox
  \else \setbox\tw@\box\voidb@x
  \fi
  \setbox\z@\lastbox
  \ifvoid\tw@ \unhbox\z@
  \else \lrss@reattach % uses \subsup@flag, box\z@, box\tw@
  \fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% The reason for adding a null last line here is that the last
% line will contain parfillskip in addition to rightskip, and a final
% penalty of $10000$ instead of $-1000N$
% ($1\leq N\leq 9$), which would interfere with the usual
% processing.    Setting a null last line and discarding it dodges
% this complication.    The penalty value $-10001$ is a no-op case
% in the case statement of \cs{eq@repacka}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \penalty-\@Mi\z@rule\@@par
  \setbox\z@\lastbox \unskip\unpenalty
%%{\showboxbreadth\maxdimen\showboxdepth99\showlists}%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\lrss@reattach}
%
% Well, for a small self-contained computation, carefully
% hand-allocated dimens should be safe enough.    But let the
% maintainer beware!    This code cannot be arbitrarily transplanted
% or shaken up without regard to grouping and interaction with other
% hand-allocated dimens.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\dimendef\sub@depth=8 \dimendef\sup@base=6
\dimendef\prelim@sub@depth=4 \dimendef\prelim@sup@base=2
\def\sym@xheight{\fontdimen5\textfont\tw@}
\def\sup@base@one{\fontdimen13\textfont\tw@}
\def\sub@base@one{\fontdimen16\textfont\tw@}
\def\sub@base@two{\fontdimen17\textfont\tw@}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Note that only \cs{sup@drop} and \cs{sub@drop} come from
% the next smaller math style.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\sup@drop{\fontdimen18\scriptfont\tw@}
\def\sub@drop{\fontdimen19\scriptfont\tw@}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Provide a mnemonic name for the math axis fontdimen, if it's not
% already defined.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\providecommand{\mathaxis}{\fontdimen22\textfont\tw@}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% Assumes box 2 contains the sub/sup and box 0 contains the left-right
% box.    This is just a repeat of the algorithm in \fn{tex.web},
% with some modest simplifications from knowing that this is only going to
% be called at top level in a displayed equation, thus always mathstyle =
% uncramped displaystyle.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lrss@reattach{%
  \begingroup
  % "The TeXbook" Appendix G step 18:
  \setlength\prelim@sup@base{\ht\z@-\sup@drop}%
  \setlength\prelim@sub@depth{\dp\z@ +\sub@drop}%
  \unhbox\z@
  \ifcase\subsup@flag      % case 0: this can't happen
  \or \lr@subscript   % case 1: subscript only
  \or \lr@superscript % case 2: superscript only
  \else \lr@subsup    % case 3: sub and superscript both
  \fi
  \endgroup
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lr@subscript{%
  \sub@depth\sub@base@one
  \ifdim\prelim@sub@depth>\sub@depth \sub@depth\prelim@sub@depth\fi
  \setlength\dim@a{\ht\tw@  -.8\sym@xheight}%
  \ifdim\dim@a>\sub@depth \sub@depth=\dim@a \fi
  \twang@adjust\sub@depth
  \lower\sub@depth\box\tw@
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lr@superscript{%
  \sup@base\sup@base@one
  \ifdim\prelim@sup@base>\sup@base \sup@base\prelim@sup@base\fi
  \setlength\dim@a{\dp\tw@ -.25\sym@xheight}%
  \ifdim\dim@a>\sup@base \sup@base\dim@a \fi
  \twang@adjust\sup@base
  \raise\sup@base\box\tw@
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lr@subsup{%
  \sub@depth\sub@base@two
  \ifdim\prelim@sub@depth>\sub@depth \sub@depth\prelim@sub@depth \fi
  \twang@adjust\sub@depth
  \lower\sub@depth\box\tw@
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% For delimiters that curve top and bottom, the twang factor allows
% horizontal shifting of the sub and superscripts so they don't
% fall too far away (or too close for that matter).    This is
% accomplished by arranging for (\eg ) \verb"\right\rangle" to leave
% a penalty $N$ in the math list before the subsup penalty that triggers
% \cs{lrss@reattach}, where $N$ is the mathcode of
% \cs{rangle} (ignoring \dquoted{small} variant).
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\twang@adjust#1{%
  \begingroup
    \@ifundefined{twang@\right@delim@code}{}{%
      \setlength\dim@d{#1-\mathaxis}%
      % put an upper limit on the adjustment
      \ifdim\dim@d>1em \dim@d 1em \fi
      \kern\csname twang@\right@delim@code\endcsname\dim@d
    }%
  \endgroup
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% The method used to apply a \dquoted{twang} adjustment is just an
% approximate solution to a complicated problem.
% We make the following assumptions that hold true, approximately,
% for the most common kinds of delimiters:
% \begin{enumerate}
% \item
% The right delimiter is symmetrical top to bottom.
%
%
% \item There is an upper limit on the size of the adjustment.
%
%
% \item When we have a superscript, the amount of left-skew that we
% want to apply is linearly proportional to the distance of the bottom
% left corner of the superscript from the math axis, with the ratio
% depending on the shape of the delimiter symbol.
%
%
% \end{enumerate}
% .
% By symmetry, Assumption 3 is true also for subscripts (upper left
% corner).
% Assumption 2 is more obviously true for parens and braces, where the
% largest super-extended versions consist of truly vertical parts with
% slight bending on the ends, than it is for a \cs{rangle}.
% But suppose for the sake of expediency that it is
% approximately true for rangle symbols also.
%
%
% Here are some passable twang factors for the most common types of
% delimiters in \fn{cmex10}, as determined by rough measurements from
% magnified printouts.
% \begin{literalcode}
%   vert bar, double vert:  0
%          square bracket: -.1
%             curly brace: -.25
%             parenthesis: -.33
%                  rangle: -.4
% \end{literalcode}
% Let's provide a non-private command for changing the twang factor of
% a given symbol.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\DeclareTwang}[2]{%
  \ifcat.\@nx#1\begingroup
    \lccode`\~=`#1\lowercase{\endgroup \DeclareTwang{~}}{#2}%
  \else
    \@xp\decl@twang#1?\@nil{#2}%
  \fi
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Note that this is dependent on a fixed interpretation of the
% mathgroup number \arg4 .
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\decl@twang#1#2#3#4#5#6#7\@nil#8{%
  \@namedef{twang@\number"#4#5#6}{#8}%
}
\DeclareTwang{\rangle}{-.4}
\DeclareTwang{)}{-.33}
\DeclareTwang{\rbrace}{-.25}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
%
% \section{Series of expressions}
% The \env{dseries} environment is for a display
% containing a series of expressions of the form \quoted{A, B} or \quoted{A and
% B} or \quoted{A, B, and C} and so on.    Typically the expressions
% are separated by a double quad of space.    If the expressions in a
% series don't all fit in a single line, they are continued onto extra
% lines in a ragged-center format.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newenvironment{dseries}{\let\eq@hasNumber\@True \@optarg\@dseries{}}{}%
\def\enddseries#1{\check@punct@or@qed}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% And the unnumbered version of same.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newenvironment{dseries*}{\let\eq@hasNumber\@False \@optarg\@dseries{}}{}%
\@namedef{enddseries*}#1{\check@punct@or@qed}%
\@namedef{end@dseries*}{\end@dseries}%
\def\@dseries[#1]{%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Turn off the special breaking behavior of mathrels \etc  for math
% formulas embedded in a \env{dseries} environment.
%
%BRM: DS Expermient: Use alternative display setup.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%  \def\display@setup{\displaystyle}%
  \let\display@setup\dseries@display@setup
  % Question: should this be the default for dseries???
%  \let\eq@centerlines\@True
  \global\eq@wdCond\z@
%    \end{macrocode}
% BRM: use special layout for dseries
%    \begin{macrocode}
%  \@dmath[#1]%
  \@dmath[layout={M},#1]%
  \mathsurround\z@\@@math \penalty\@Mi
  \let\endmath\ends@math
  \def\premath{%
%    \end{macrocode}
% BRM: Tricky to cleanup space OR add space ONLY BETWEEN math!
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \ifdim\lastskip<.3em \unskip
    \else\ifnum\lastpenalty<\@M \dquad\fi\fi
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%BRM: Tricky; if a subformula breaks, we'd like to start the next on new line!
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \def\postmath{\unpenalty\eq@addpunct \penalty\intermath@penalty \dquad \@ignoretrue}%
\ignorespaces
}
\def\end@dseries{%
  \unskip\unpenalty
  \@@endmath \mathsurround\z@ \end@dmath
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% BRM: Try this layout for dseries: Essentially layout i, but w/o
% limit to 1 line.  And no fallback!
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@try@layout@M{%
  \edef\@parshape{\parshape 1 0pt \the\eq@linewidth\relax}%
  \eq@trial@b{M}{}%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% BRM: Tricky to get right value here.
% Prefer breaks between formula if we've got to break at all.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%\def\intermath@penalty{-201}%
\def\intermath@penalty{-221}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% BRM: A bit tighter than it was ( 1em minus.25em )
%    \begin{macrocode}
%\newcommand\dquad{\hskip0.4em}
\newcommand\dquad{\hskip0.6em minus.3em}
\newcommand\premath{}\newcommand\postmath{}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% Change the \env{math} environment to add
% \cs{premath} and \cs{postmath}.    They are no-ops except
% inside a \env{dseries} environment.
%
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Redefinition of math environment to take advantage of dseries env.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\renewenvironment{math}{%
  \leavevmode \premath
  \ifmmode\@badmath\else\@@math\fi
}{%
  \ifmmode\@@endmath\else\@badmath\fi
}
\def\ends@math#1{\check@punct@or@qed}
\def\end@math{%
  \ifmmode\@@endmath\else\@badmath\fi
  \postmath
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
%
%
% \section{Equation groups}
% For many equation groups the strategy is easy: just center each
% equation individually following the normal rules for a single
% equation.    In some groups, each equation gets its own number; in
% others, a single number applies to the whole group (and may need to be
% vertically centered on the height of the group).    In still other
% groups, the equations share a parent number but get individual equation
% numbers consisting of parent number plus a letter.
%
% If the main relation symbols in a group of equations are to be
% aligned, then the final alignment computations cannot be done until the
% end of the group \mdash  \ie , the horizontal positioning of the first
% $n - 1$ equations cannot be done immediately.    Yet because of
% the automatic line breaking, we cannot calculate an initial value of
% RHS-max over the whole group unless we do a trial run on each equation
% first to find an RHS-max for that equation.    Once we know RHS-group-max
% and LHS-group-max we must redo the trial set of each equation because
% they may affect the line breaks.    If the second trial for an
% equation fails (one of its lines exceeds the available width), but
% the first one succeeded, fall back to the first trial, \ie  let that
% equation fall out of alignment with the rest of the group.
%
%
% All right then, here is the general idea of the whole algorithm for
% group alignment.
% To start with, ignore the possibility of equation numbers so that
% our equation group has the form:
% \begin{literalcode}
% LHS[1] RHS[1,1] RHS[1,2] ... RHS[1,n[1]]
% LHS[2] RHS[2,1] RHS[2,2] ... RHS[2,n[2]]
%   ...
% LHS[3] RHS[3,1] RHS[3,2] ... RHS[3,n[3]]
% \end{literalcode}
% The number of RHS's might not be the same for all of the
% equations.
% First, accumulate all of the equation contents in a queue, checking
% along the way to find the maximum width of all the LHS's and the maximum
% width of all the RHS's.
% Call these widths maxwd\_L and maxwd\_R.
% Clearly if maxwd\_L + maxwd\_R is less than or equal to the available
% equation width then aligning all of the equations is going to be simple.
%
%
% Otherwise we are going to have to break at least one of the RHS's
% and/or at least one of the LHS's.
% The first thing to try is using maxwd\_L for the LHS's and breaking
% all the RHS's as needed to fit in the remaining space.
% However, this might be a really dumb strategy if one or more of the
% LHS's is extraordinarily wide.
% So before trying that we check whether maxwd\_L exceeds some
% threshold width beyond which it would be unsensible not to break the LHS.
% Such as, max(one-third of the available width; six ems), or
% something like that.
% Or how about this?
% Compare the average LHS width and RHS width and divide up the available
% width in the same ratio for line breaking purposes.
%
%
% BRM: Fairly broad changes; it mostly didn't work before (for me).
%
% \begin{description}
% \item[\cs{begin}\csarg{dgroup} produces a `numbered' group]
%   The number is the next equation number.
%   There are 2 cases:
% \begin{itemize}
% \item If ANY contained equations are numbered (|\begin{dmath}|),
%       then they will be subnumbered: eg 1.1a
%       and the group number is not otherwise displayed.
% \item If ALL contained equations are unnumbered (|\begin{dmath*}|)
%       then the group, as a whole, gets a number displayed,
%       using the same number placement as for equations.
% \end{itemize}
% \item[\cs{begin}\csarg{dgroup*} produces an unnumbered group.]
%    Contained equations are numbered, or not, as normal.
%    But note that in the mixed case, it's too late to
%    force the unnumbered eqns to \cs{retry@with@number}
%    We'll just do a simple check of dimensions, after the fact,
%    and force a shiftnumber if we're stuck.
%
% NOTE: Does this work for dseries, as well? (alignment?)
%
% NOTE: Does \cs{label} attach to the expected thing?
%
% \item[For number placement] We use shiftnumber placement on ALL equations
%    if ANY equations need it, or if an unnumbered equation is too
%    wide to be aligned, given that the group or other eqns are numbered.
%    [does this latter case interract with the chosen alignment?]
%
% \item[For Alignment]
%   As currently coded, it tries to align on relations, by default.
%   If LHS's are not all present, or too long, it switches to left-justify.
%   Maybe there are other cases that should switch?
%   Should there be a case for centered?
%
% NOTE: Should there be some options to choose alignment?
% \end{description}
%
% \begin{macro}{\eq@group}
% \begin{macro}{\GRP@top}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\eq@group\@False
\let\grp@shiftnumber\@False
\let\grp@hasNumber\@False
\let\grp@eqs@numbered\@False
\let\grp@aligned\@True
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% Definition of the \env{dgroup} environment.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newenvironment{dgroup}{%
  \@dgroup@start@hook
  \let\grp@hasNumber\@True\@optarg\@dgroup{}%
}{%
  \end@dgroup
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% And the.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newtoks\GRP@queue
\newenvironment{dgroup*}{%
  \let\grp@hasNumber\@False\@optarg\@dgroup{}%
}{%
  \end@dgroup
}
\def\@dgroup[#1]{%
%<trace>  \breqn@debugmsg{=== DGROUP ==================================================}%
  \let\eq@group\@True \global\let\eq@GRP@first@dmath\@True
  \global\GRP@queue\@emptytoks \global\setbox\GRP@box\box\voidb@x
  \global\let\GRP@label\@empty
  \global\grp@wdL\z@\global\grp@wdR\z@\global\grp@wdT\z@
  \global\grp@linewidth\z@\global\grp@wdNum\z@
  \global\let\grp@eqs@numbered\@False
  \global\let\grp@aligned\@True
  \global\let\grp@shiftnumber\@False
  \eq@prelim
  \setkeys{breqn}{#1}%
  \if\grp@hasNumber \grp@setnumber \fi
}
\def\end@dgroup{%
  \EQ@displayinfo \grp@finish
  \if\grp@hasNumber\grp@resetnumber\fi
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% If the \pkg{amsmath} package is not loaded the parentequation
% counter will not be defined.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@ifundefined{c@parentequation}{\newcounter{parentequation}}{}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Init.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\global\let\GRP@label\@empty
\def\add@grp@label{%
  \ifx\@empty\GRP@label
  \else \GRP@label \global\let\GRP@label\@empty
  \fi
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Before sending down the `equation' counter to the subordinate level,
% set the current number in \cs{EQ@numbox}.    The
% \cs{eq@setnumber} function does everything we need here.    If
% the child equations are unnumbered, \cs{EQ@numbox} will retain the
% group number at the end of the group.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\grp@setnumber{%
  \global\let\GRP@label\next@label \global\let\next@label\@empty
  % Trick \eq@setnumber to doing our work for us.
  \let\eq@hasNumber\@True
  \eq@setnumber
%    \end{macrocode}
% Define \cn{theparentequation} equivalent to current
% \cn{theequation}.    \cn{edef} is necessary to expand the
% current value of the equation counter.    This might in rare cases
% cause something to blow up, in which case the user needs to add
% \cn{protect}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \global\sbox\GRP@numbox{\unhbox\EQ@numbox}%
  \grp@wdNum\eq@wdNum
  \let\eq@hasNumber\@False
  \let\eq@number\@empty
  \eq@wdNum\z@
%
  \protected@edef\theparentequation{\theequation}%
  \setcounter{parentequation}{\value{equation}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% And set the equation counter to 0, so that the normal incrementing
% processes will produce the desired results if the child equations are
% numbered.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \setcounter{equation}{0}%
  \def\theequation{\theparentequation\alph{equation}}%
%<trace>  \breqn@debugmsg{Group Number \theequation}%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% At the end of a group, need to reset the equation counter.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\grp@resetnumber{%
  \setcounter{equation}{\value{parentequation}}%
}
\newbox\GRP@box
\newbox\GRP@wholebox
%    \end{macrocode}
% Save data for this equation in the group
% \begin{itemize}
% \item push the trial data onto end of \cs{GRP@queue}.
% \item push an hbox onto the front of \cs{GRP@box} containing:
%   \cs{EQ@box}, \cs{EQ@copy}, \cs{penalty} 1 and \cs{EQ@numbox}.
% \end{itemize}
% \begin{macro}{\grp@push}
%
% For putting the equation on a queue.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\grp@push{%
  \global\GRP@queue\@xp\@xp\@xp{\@xp\the\@xp\GRP@queue
    \@xp\@elt\@xp{\EQ@trial}%
  }%
  \global\setbox\GRP@box\vbox{%
    \hbox{\box\EQ@box\box\EQ@copy\penalty\@ne\copy\EQ@numbox}%
    \unvbox\GRP@box
  }%
  \EQ@trial
  \if\eq@isIntertext\else
    \ifdim\eq@wdL>\grp@wdL \global\grp@wdL\eq@wdL \fi
    \ifdim\eq@wdT>\grp@wdT \global\grp@wdT\eq@wdT \fi
    \setlength\dim@a{\eq@wdT-\eq@wdL}%
    \ifdim\dim@a>\grp@wdR \global\grp@wdR\dim@a \fi
    \ifdim\eq@linewidth>\grp@linewidth \global\grp@linewidth\eq@linewidth\fi
    \if\eq@hasNumber
       \global\let\grp@eqs@numbered\@True
       \ifdim\eq@wdNum>\grp@wdNum\global\grp@wdNum\eq@wdNum\fi
    \fi
    \if\EQ@hasLHS\else\global\let\grp@aligned\@False\fi
    \if D\eq@layout \global\let\grp@aligned\@False\fi % Layout D (usually) puts rel on 2nd line.
    \if\eq@shiftnumber\global\let\grp@shiftnumber\@True\fi % One eq shifted forces all.
  \fi
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\grp@finish}
%
% Set accumulated equations from a \env{dgroup} environment.
%
% BRM: Questionable patch!!
% When processing the \cs{GRP@queue}, put it into a \cs{vbox}, then \cs{unvbox} it.
% This since there's a bizarre problem when the \cs{output} routine
% gets invoked at an inopportune moment: All the not-yet-processed
% \cs{GRP@queue} ends up in the \cs{@freelist} and bad name clashes happen.
% Of course, it could be due to some other problem entirely!!!
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\grp@finish{%
%  \debug@box\GRP@box
%  \breqn@debugmsg{\GRP@queue: \the\GRP@queue}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% == Now that we know the collective measurements, make final decision
% about alignment \& shifting.  Check if alignment is still possible
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \setlength\dim@a{\grp@wdL+\grp@wdR-4em}% Allowance for shrink?
  \if\grp@aligned
    \ifdim\dim@a>\grp@linewidth
      \global\let\grp@aligned\@False
    \fi
  \fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% If we're adding an unshifted group number that equations didn't know
% about, re-check shifting
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \addtolength\dim@a{\grp@wdNum }% Effective length
  \if\grp@shiftnumber
  \else
    \if\@And{\grp@hasNumber}{\@Not\grp@eqs@numbered}
      \ifdim\dim@a>\grp@linewidth
        \global\let\grp@shiftnumber\@True
      \fi
    \fi
  \fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% If we can still align, total width is sum of maximum LHS \& RHS
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \if\grp@aligned
     \global\grp@wdT\grp@wdL
     \global\advance\grp@wdT\grp@wdR
  \fi
%<*trace>
  \breqn@debugmsg{======= DGROUP Formatting
   \MessageBreak==== \grp@wdL=\the\grp@wdL, \grp@wdR=\the\grp@wdR
   \MessageBreak==== Shift Number=\theb@@le\grp@shiftnumber, Eqns. numbered=\theb@@le\grp@eqs@numbered
   \MessageBreak==== Aligned=\theb@@le\grp@aligned
   \MessageBreak==== \grp@wdNum=\the\grp@wdNum}%
%</trace>
%    \end{macrocode}
% BRM: Originally this stuff was dumped directly, without capturing it
% in a \cs{vbox}
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \setbox\GRP@wholebox\vbox{%
    \let\@elt\eqgrp@elt
    \the\GRP@queue
  }%
%    \end{macrocode}
% If we're placing a group number (not individual eqn numbers)
% NOTE: For now, just code up LM number
% NOTE: Come back and handle other cases.
% NOTE: Vertical spacing is off, perhaps because of inter eqn. glue
%
% A bit of a hack to get the top spacing correct. Fix this logic
% properly some day.  Also, we do the calculation in a group for
% maximum safety.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \global\let\eq@GRP@first@dmath\@True
  \begingroup
  \dmath@first@leftskip
  \eq@topspace{\vskip\parskip}%
  \endgroup
  \if\@And{\grp@hasNumber}{\@Not{\grp@eqs@numbered}}%
%    \eq@topspace{\vskip\parskip}%
    \if\grp@shiftnumber
      \copy\GRP@numbox \penalty\@M
      \kern\eqlineskip
    \else
      \setlength\dim@a{%
        (\ht\GRP@wholebox+\dp\GRP@wholebox+\ht\GRP@numbox-\dp\GRP@numbox)/2}%
      \setlength\skip@c{\dim@a-\ht\GRP@numbox}%
      \vglue\skip@c% NON discardable
      \copy\GRP@numbox \penalty\@M
%<*trace>
\breqn@debugmsg{GROUP NUMBER: preskip:\the\skip@c,  postkern:\the\dim@a, height:\the\ht\GRP@wholebox,
  \MessageBreak==== box height:\the\ht\GRP@numbox, box depth:\the\dp\GRP@numbox}%
%</trace>
      \kern-\dim@a
      \kern-\abovedisplayskip % To cancel the topspace above the first eqn.
    \fi
  \fi
%<*trace>
%\debug@box\GRP@wholebox
%</trace>
  \unvbox\GRP@wholebox
  \let\@elt\relax
%    \end{macrocode}
% We'd need to handle shifted, right number here, too!!!
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \eq@botspace % not needed unless bottom number?
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\eqgrp@elt}
%
% Mission is to typeset the next equation from the group queue.
%
% The arg is an \cs{EQ@trial}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eqgrp@elt#1{%
  \global\setbox\GRP@box\vbox{%
    \unvbox\GRP@box
    \setbox\z@\lastbox
    \setbox\tw@\hbox{\unhbox\z@
      \ifnum\lastpenalty=\@ne
      \else
        \global\setbox\EQ@numbox\lastbox
      \fi
      \unpenalty
      \global\setbox\EQ@copy\lastbox
      \global\setbox\EQ@box\lastbox
    }%
  }%
  \begingroup \let\eq@botspace\relax
  #1%
  \if\eq@isIntertext
    \vskip\belowdisplayskip
    \unvbox\EQ@copy
  \else
    \grp@override
    \eq@finish
  \fi
  \endgroup
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% Override the \cs{eq@trial} data as needed for this equation in this group
% NOTE: w/ numbering variations (see above), we may need to tell
%  \cs{eq@finish} to allocate space for a number, but not actually have one
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\grp@override{%
%    \end{macrocode}
% For aligned (possibly becomes an option?)
% For now ASSUMING we started out as CLM!!!
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \def\eqindent{I}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% compute nominal left for centering the group
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \setlength\dim@a{(\grp@linewidth-\grp@wdT)/2}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Make sure L+R not too wide; should already have unset alignment
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \ifdim\dim@a<\z@\dim@a=\z@\fi
  \dim@b\if L\eqnumside\grp@wdNum\else\z@\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% make sure room for number on left, if needed.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \if\grp@shiftnumber\else
    \ifdim\dim@b>\dim@a\dim@a\dim@b\fi
  \fi
  \if\grp@aligned
    \addtolength\dim@a{\grp@wdL-\eq@wdL}%
  \fi
  \mathindent\dim@a
  \ifdim\dim@b>\dim@a
    \let\eq@shiftnumber\@True
  \fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% Could set |\def\eqnumplace{T}| (or even (m) if indentation is enough).
%
% NOTE: Work out how this should interact with the various formats!!!
% NOTE: should recognize the case where the LHS's are a bit Wild,
%  and then do simple left align (not on relation)
%    \begin{macrocode}
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
%
% \section{The \env{darray} environment}
% There are two potential applications for darray.    One
% is like eqnarray where the natural structure of the material crosses the
% table cell boundaries, and math operator spacing needs to be preserved
% across cell boundaries.    And there is also the feature of
% attaching an equation number to each row.    The other application
% is like a regular array but with automatic displaystyle math in each
% cell and better interline spacing to accommodate outsize cell
% contents.    In this case it is difficult to keep the vert ruling
% capabilities of the standard \env{array} environment without
% redoing the implementation along the lines of Arseneau's
% \pkg{tabls} package.    Because the vert ruling feature is at
% cross purposes with the feature of allowing interline stretch and page
% breaks within a multiline array of equations, the \env{darray}
% environment is targeted primarily as an alternative to
% \env{eqnarray}, and does not support vertical ruling.
%
% Overall strategy for \env{darray} is to use
% \cs{halign} for the body.    In the case of a group, use a
% single halign for the whole group!
% \begin{aside}
% What about intertext?
% \end{aside}
%
% That's the most reliable way
% to get accurate column widths.    Don't spread the halign to the
% column width, just use the natural width.    Then, if we repack the
% contents of the halign into \cs{EQ@box} and \cs{EQ@copy}, as
% done for dmath, and twiddle a bit with the widths of the first and last
% cell in each row, we can use the same algorithms for centering and
% equation number placement as dmath!    As well as handling footnotes
% and vadjust objects the same way.
%
% We can't just use \cs{arraycolsep} for \env{darray}, if
% we want to be able to change it without screwing up interior arrays.
% So let's make a new colsep variable.    The initial value is
% \quoted{2em, but let it shrink if necessary}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newskip\darraycolsep \darraycolsep 20pt plus1fil minus12pt
%    \end{macrocode}
% Let's make a nice big default setup with eighteen columns, split up
% into six sets of lcr like \env{eqnarray}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcount\cur@row \newcount\cur@col
\def\@tempa#1#2#3{%
  \cur@col#1 \hfil
  \setbox\z@\hbox{$\displaystyle####\m@th$}\@nx\col@box
  \tabskip\z@skip
  &\cur@col#2 \hfil
  \setbox\z@\hbox{$\displaystyle\mathord{}####\mathord{}\m@th$}\@nx\col@box
  \hfil
  &\cur@col#3 \setbox\z@\hbox{$\displaystyle####\m@th$}\@nx\col@box
  \hfil\tabskip\darraycolsep
}
\xdef\darray@preamble{%
  \@tempa 123&\@tempa 456&\@tempa 789%
  &\@tempa{10}{11}{12}&\@tempa{13}{14}{15}&\@tempa{16}{17}{18}%
  \cr
}
\@ifundefined{Mathstrut@}{\let\Mathstrut@\strut}{}
\def\darray@cr{\Mathstrut@\cr}
\def\col@box{%
%<*trace>
%\breqn@debugmsg{Col \number\cur@row,\number\cur@col: \the\wd\z@\space x \the\ht\z@+\the\dp\z@}%
%</trace>
  \unhbox\z@
}
\newenvironment{darray}{\@optarg\@darray{}}{}
\def\@darray[#1]{%
%<trace>  \breqn@debugmsg{=== DARRAY ==================================================}%
  \if\eq@group\else\eq@prelim\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% Init the halign preamble to empty, then unless the \quoted{cols} key is
% used to provide a non-null preamble just use the
% default darray preamble which is a multiple lcr.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \global\let\@preamble\@empty
  \setkeys{breqn}{#1}%
  \the\eqstyle \eq@setnumber
  \ifx\@preamble\@empty \global\let\@preamble\darray@preamble \fi
  \check@mathfonts
  % \let\check@mathfonts\relax % tempting, but too risky
  \@xp\let\csname\string\ \endcsname\darray@cr
  \setbox\z@\vbox\bgroup
  \everycr{\noalign{\global\advance\cur@row\@ne}}%
  \tabskip\z@skip \cur@col\z@
  \global\cur@row\z@
  \penalty\@ne % flag for \dar@repack
  \halign\@xp\bgroup\@preamble
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Assimilate following punctuation.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\enddarray#1{\check@punct@or@qed}
\def\end@darray{%
  \ifvmode\else \eq@addpunct \Mathstrut@\fi\crcr \egroup
  \dar@capture
  \egroup
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% The \cs{dar@capture} function steps back through the
% list of row boxes and grinds them up in the best possible way.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\dar@capture{%
%% \showboxbreadth\maxdimen\showboxdepth99\showlists
  \eq@wdL\z@ \eq@wdRmax\z@
  \dar@repack
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% The \cs{dar@repack} function is a variation of
% \cs{eq@repack}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\dar@repack{%
  \unpenalty
  \setbox\tw@\lastbox
%\batchmode{\showboxbreadth\maxdimen\showboxdepth99\showbox\tw@}\errorstopmode
  \global\setbox\EQ@box\hbox{%
    \hbox{\unhcopy\tw@\unskip}\penalty-\@M \unhbox\EQ@box}%
  \global\setbox\EQ@copy\hbox{%
    \hbox{\unhbox\tw@\unskip}\penalty-\@M \unhbox\EQ@copy}%
  \unskip
  \ifcase\lastpenalty \else\@xp\@gobble\fi
  \dar@repack
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
%
%
% \section{Miscellaneous}
% The \cs{condition} command.    With
% the star form, set the argument in math mode instead of text mode.
% In a series of conditions, use less space between members of the
% series than between the conditions and the main equation body.
%
% WSPR: tidied/fixed things up as it made sense to me but might have
% broken something else!
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newskip\conditionsep \conditionsep=10pt minus5pt%
\newcommand{\conditionpunct}{,}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\condition}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\condition{%
  \begingroup\@tempswatrue
    \@ifstar{\@tempswafalse \condition@a}{\condition@a}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\condition@a}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\condition@a[2][\conditionpunct]{%
  \unpenalty\unskip\unpenalty\unskip % BRM Added
  \hbox{#1}%
  \penalty -201\relax\hbox{}% Penalty to allow breaks here.
  \hskip\conditionsep
  \setbox\z@\if@tempswa\hbox{#2}\else\hbox{$\textmath@setup #2$}\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% BRM's layout is achieved with this line commented out but it has the nasty side-effect of shifting the equation number to the next line:
%    \begin{macrocode}
%  \global\eq@wdCond\wd\z@
  \usebox\z@
  \endgroup}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% The \env{dsuspend} environment.    First the old one that didn't work.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newenvironment{XXXXdsuspend}{%
  \global\setbox\EQ@box\vbox\bgroup \@parboxrestore
%    \end{macrocode}
% If we are inside a list environment, \cs{displayindent} and
% \cs{displaywidth} give us \cs{@totalleftmargin} and
% \cs{linewidth}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \parshape 1 \displayindent \displaywidth\relax
    \hsize=\columnwidth \noindent\ignorespaces
}{%
  \par\egroup
%    \end{macrocode}
% Let's try giving \cs{EQ@box} the correct height for the first
% line and \cs{EQ@copy} the depth of the last line.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \global\setbox\GRP@box\vbox{%
    \vbox{\copy\EQ@box\vtop{\unvbox\EQ@box}}%
    \unvbox\GRP@box
  }%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Need to add a dummy element to \cs{GRP@queue}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \global\GRP@queue\@xp{\the\GRP@queue
    \@elt{\gdef\EQ@trial{}}%
  }%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% And then the one that does work.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newenvironment{dsuspend}{%
  \global\setbox\EQ@box\vbox\bgroup \@parboxrestore
    \parshape 1 \displayindent \displaywidth\relax
    \hsize=\columnwidth \noindent\ignorespaces
}{%
  \par\egroup
  \global\setbox\GRP@box\vbox{%
    \hbox{\copy\EQ@box\vtop{\unvbox\EQ@box}}%
    \unvbox\GRP@box
  }%
  \global\GRP@queue\@xp{\the\GRP@queue
%    \@elt{\gdef\EQ@trial{\let\eq@isIntertext\@True}}%
     \@elt{\let\eq@isIntertext\@True}%
  }%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Allow \cn{intertext} as a short form of the \env{dsuspend}
% environment; it's more convenient to write, but it doesn't support
% embedded verbatim because it reads the material as a macro argument.
% To support simultaneous use of \pkg{amsmath} and
% \pkg{breqn}, the user command \cs{intertext} is left alone
% until we enter a \pkg{breqn} environment.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\breqn@intertext[1]{\dsuspend#1\enddsuspend}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\*}
% \begin{macro}{\discretionarytimes}
% Discretionary times sign.    Standard \latex  definition
% serves only for inline math.    Should the thin space be
% included?    Not sure.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\renewcommand{\*}{%
  \if@display
%    \end{macrocode}
% Since \cs{eq@binoffset} is mu-glue, we can't use it directly
% with \cs{kern} but have to measure it separately in a box.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \setbox\z@\hbox{\mathsurround\z@$\mkern\eq@binoffset$}%
    \discretionary{}{%
      \kern\the\wd\z@ \textchar\discretionarytimes
    }{}%
    \thinspace
  \else
    \discretionary{\thinspace\textchar\discretionarytimes}{}{}%
  \fi
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% This is only the symbol; it can be changed to some other symbol if
% desired.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\discretionarytimes}{\times}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\nref}
%
% This is like \cs{ref} but doesn't apply font changes or other
% guff if the reference is undefined.
% And it is fully expandable for use as a label value.
% \begin{aside}
%
% Can break with Babel if author uses active characters in label key;
% need to address that \begin{dn}
% mjd,1999/01/21
% \end{dn}
% .
% \end{aside}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\nref#1{\@xp\@nref\csname r@#1\endcsname}
\def\@nref#1#2{\ifx\relax#1??\else \@xp\@firstoftwo#1\fi}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \section{Compatibility}
%
% \paragraph{lineno} (or at the very least, allow documents to compile!)
%    \begin{macrocode}
\AtBeginDocument{%
  \@ifpackageloaded{lineno}{%
    \g@addto@macro\@dmath@start@hook{\nolinenumbers}%
    \g@addto@macro\@dgroup@start@hook{\nolinenumbers}%
  }{}%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
%
% \section{Wrap-up}
% The usual endinput.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%</package>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
%
%
% \section{To do}
% \begin{enumerate}
% \item Alignment for equation groups.
%
%
% \item
% Use dpc's code for package options in keyval form.
%
% \item
% Encapsulate \dquoted{break math} into a subroutine taking suitable
% arguments.
%
% \item
% Need a density check for layout S when linewidth is very small.
%
% \item
% Make \verb":=" trigger a warning about using \cs{coloneq}
% instead.
%
% \item Ill-centered multiline equation (three-line case) in
% test008.
%
% \item Attaching a single group number.
%
%
% \item
% Make sure to dump out box registers after done using them.
%
% \item Do the implementation for \cs{eq@resume@parshape}.
%
%
% \item Check on stackrel and buildrel and relbar and ???.
%
%
% \item Test math symbols at the beginning of array cells.
%
% \item Test \dbslash  cmd in and out of delims.
%
% \item Framing the equation body: the parshape and number placement
% need adjusting when a frame is present.
%
%
% \item Cascading line widths in list env.
%
%
% \item Noalign option for dmath = multline arrangement?
%
%
% \item Nocompact option, suggested 1998/05/19 by Andrew
% Swann.
%
%
% \item \cs{delbreak} cmd to add discretionary space at a break
% within delimiters.
%
%
% \item Reduce above/below skip when the number is shifted.
%
%
% \item Need a \cs{middelim} command for marking a delimiter symbol
% as nondirectional if it has an innate directionality \verb"()[]" \etc .
%
%
% \item
% \cs{xrightarrow} from amsmath won't participate in line
% breaking unless something extra is done.
% Make \cs{BreakingRel} and \cs{BreakingBin} functions?
%
% \item Placement of number in an indented quotation or
% abstract.
%
% \item If $LHSwd > 2em$, it might be a good idea to try with
% eq@indentstep = 2em before shifting the number.    Currently this
% doesn't happen if the first trial pass (without the number)
% succeeds with $indentstep = LHSwd > 2em$.
%
%
% \item Read past \verb"\end{enumerate}" when checking
% for \verb"\end{proof}"?
%
% \item
% Look into using a \dquoted{qed-list} of environment names instead of
% checking the existence of \cs{proofqed}.
%
% \item Pick up the vadjust\slash footnote\slash mark handling.
%
%
% \item Forcing\slash prohibiting page breaks after\slash before
% an equation.
%
%
% \item Adding a spanner brace on the left and individual numbers on
% the right (indy-numbered cases).
%
%
% \item Provide \cs{shiftnumber}, \cs{holdnumber} to
% override the decision.
%
% \item  Provide a mechanism for adjusting the vertical position of
% the number.    Here a version-specific selection macro would be
% useful.
% \begin{literalcode}
% \begin{dmath}[
%   style={\foredition{1}{\raisenumber{13pt}}}
% ]
% \end{literalcode}
%
%
% \item
% Add an alignleft option for an equation group to mean, break and
% align to a ladder layout as usual within the equations, but for the
% group alignment used the leftmost point (for equations that don't
% have an LHS, this makes no difference).
%
% \item
% Test with Arseneau's wrapfig for parshape\slash everypar
% interaction.
%
%
% \item Fix up the macro/def elements.
%
% \item Convert the literal examples in section \quoted{Equation types and
% forms} to typeset form.
%
%
% \item Compile comparison-examples: \eg , a standard equation
% env with big left-right objects that don't shrink, versus how shrinking
% can allow it to fit.
%
%
% \item Frame the \dquoted{figures} since they are mostly
% text.
%
% \end{enumerate}
%
%
%
% Possible enhancements:
% \begin{enumerate}
% \item Provide a \opt{pull} option meaning to pull the first
% and last lines out to the margin, like the \env{multline}
% environment of the \pkg{amsmath} package.    Maybe this should
% get an optional argument, actually, to specify the amount of space left
% at the margin.
%
% \item With the draft option, one would like to see the equation
% labels in the left margin.    Need to check with the
% \pkg{showkeys} package.
%
%
% \item Options for break preferences: if there's not enough room, do
% we first shift the number, or first try to break up the equation
% body?.    In an aligned group, does sticking to the group alignment
% take precedence over minimizing the number of line breaks needed for
% individual equations?.    And the general preferences probably need
% to be overridable for individual instances.
%
% \item Extend suppress-breaks-inside-delimiters support to inline
% math (suggestion of Michael Doob).
%
% \item Use belowdisplayshortskip above a dsuspend fragment if the
% fragment is only one line and short enough compared to the equation line
% above it.
%
%
% \item Add \cs{eqfuzz} distinct from \cs{hfuzz}.
% Make use of it in the measuring phase.
%
%
% \item Provision for putting in a \quoted{continued} note.
%
% \item Conserve box mem: modify frac, sub, sup, overline, underline,
% sqrt, to turn off \cs{bin@break} and (less urgently)
% \cs{rel@break}.
%
%
% \item More explicit support for Russian typesetting conventions (cf
% Grinchuk article).
%
%
% \item With package option \opt{refnumbers},
% leave unnumbered all uncited equations, even if they are not done with
% the star form (Bertolazzi's easyeqn idea).
%
% \item In an equation group, use a vertical bracket with the
% equation number to mark the lines contained in that equation.
%
%
% \item For a two-line multline thingamabob, try to
% make sure that the lines overlap in the middle by 2 em or whatever
% (settable design variable).
%
% \item Provide a separate vertical column for the principal mathrel
% symbols and center them within the column if they aren't all the same
% width.    Maybe an option for \env{dmath}: relwidth=x, so that two
% passes are not required to get the max width of all the mathrels.
% Or, no, just require it to be an halign or provide a macro to be
% applied to all the shorter rels:
% \begin{literalcode}
% lhs \widerel{19pt}{=} ...
%     \xrightarrow{foo} ...
% \end{literalcode}
%
%
% \item try to use vadjust for keepglue
%
% \end{enumerate}
%
% \PrintIndex
%
% \Finale